IPS-E-PR-850(1)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
General Definitions: : ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Throughout this Standard the following .‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
definitions shall apply.

Company : : ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian Gas Company, and National .‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Petrochemical Company etc.

Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract document.
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬

Vendor And Supplier: :‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬

Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬

Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Shall: :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
Is used where a provision is mandatory. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

Should: :‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
Is used where a provision is advisory only. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

Will: :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
Is normally used in connection with the action ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor, .‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
supplier or vendor.

May: : ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬

Is used where a provision is completely . ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
discretionary.
 IPS-E-PR-850(1)

ENGINEERING STANDARD
FOR
PROCESS REQUIREMENTS OF VESSELS
AND SEPARATORS

FIRST REVISION
DECEMBER 2009

‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮاي‬

‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻇﺮوف و ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫آذر‬

This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.

0

‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party, ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in ‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No

0. INTRODUCTION .................................................... 4
4 .............................................................................‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
1. SCOPE .......................................................................... 5
5 ...................................................................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .......................................................... 5
5 ............................................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ........... 7
7 ........................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3.1 Coalescers ............................................................. 7
7 ...................................................... ‫ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬1-3
3.2 Control Volume................................................... 7
7 ........................................................ ‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ‬2-3
3.3 Conventional Gas-Liquid Separator ............ 7
7 ..............................‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-3
3.4 Critical Diameter ................................................ 7
7 ............................................................ ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬4-3
3.5 Disengaging Height ............................................ 7
7 ...................................................... ‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬5-3
3.6 Fabric Filter ......................................................... 7
7 ..................................................... ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اي‬6-3
3.7 Filter Medium...................................................... 8
8 ............................................................‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬7-3
3.8 Filtrate ................................................................... 8
8 ..................................................... ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه‬8-3
3.9 Flash Tank ............................................................ 8
8 ................................................... ‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬9-3
3.10 Hold-Up Time.................................................... 8
8 .............................................................. ‫ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬10-3
3.11 Knock-Out .......................................................... 8
8 ............................................................... ‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬11-3
3.12 Line Drip ............................................................. 8
8 ......................................................... ‫ آﺑﭽﻜﺎن ﺧﻂ‬12-3
3.13 Mesh ..................................................................... 8
8 ........................................................... ‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺗﻮري‬13-3
3.14 Mist Extractor (Demister) ............................. 8
8 .......................................... ‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬14-3
3.15 Open Area .......................................................... 8
9 ................................................................ ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎز‬15-3
3.16 Overflow.............................................................. 9
9 ...................................................................‫ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬16-3
3.17 Septum ................................................................. 9
9 ........................................................ ‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬17-3
1
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

3.18 Scrubber.............................................................. 9
9 ............................................................. ‫ ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬18-3
3.19 Slug Catcher ...................................................... 9
9 .............................................................. ‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬19-3
3.20 Target Efficiency .............................................. 9
9 ....................................................... ‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﻫﺪف‬20-3
3.21 Terminal Velocity or Drop-Out Velocity . 9
9 ............................... ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻘﻮط‬21-3
3.22 Underflow ........................................................... 9
9 ................................................................... ‫ ﭘﺎ رﻳﺰ‬22-3
3.23 Vapor Space ....................................................... 9
9 ............................................................ ‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺨﺎر‬23-3
4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ................ 10
10 ....................................................‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4
5. UNITS ........................................................................... 12
12 .......................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
6. SEPARATORS .......................................................... 12
12 .................................................................. ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬-6
6.1 Gas-Liquid Separators ..................................... 12
12 ...................................... ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬1-6
6.2 Solid-Liquid Separators ................................... 25
25 ................................... ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬2-6
6.3 Liquid-Liquid Separators ................................ 27
27 ................................... ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-6
7. VESSELS AND REACTORS ............................... 30
30 ......................................................... ‫ ﻇﺮوف و رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬-7
7.1 General .................................................................. 30
30 .................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.2 Code, Regulations and Standards ................. 31
31 ........................ ‫ ﻣﻘﺮرات و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬، ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬2-7
7.3 Design ..................................................................... 31
31 .................................................................... ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬3-7
7.4 Corrosion .............................................................. 36
36 .................................................................‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬4-7
7.5 Design Load.......................................................... 36
36 .............................................................. ‫ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬5-7
7.6 Materials ............................................................... 36
36 ........................................................................ ‫ ﻣﻮاد‬6-7
7.7 Documentation .................................................... 37
37 .........................................................‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي‬7-7
7.8 Internals ................................................................ 37
37 .......................................................... ‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬8-7
7.9 Miscellaneous Requirements .......................... 40
40 .......................................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬9-7

2
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A................................................................................ 46
46 .......................................................................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
APPENDIX B NATURE OF THE FEED.............. 47
47 ................................................ ‫ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺧﻮراك‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
APPENDIX C SIZING OF THE FEED AND
OUTLET NOZZLES ........................ 49
49 ......... ‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺧﻮراك و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
APPENDIX D DESIGN MARGINS FOR
SEPARATOR ..................................... 51
51 ................ ‫ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
APPENDIX E .................................................................. 52
52 ............................................................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬
APPENDIX F TYPICAL EQUATIONS, WHICH
CAN BE USED FOR TERMINAL
VELOCITY CALCULATION .... 56
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و‬
56 ................................... ‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

APPENDIX G ACCEPTABLE GRADES AND

SPECIFICATION FOR A NUMBER
OF STANDARD INTERNAL
MATERIALS .................................... 66
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و درﺟﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي‬-‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز‬
66 .............. ‫ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻣﻮاد اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬

3
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

0. INTRODUCTION
"Process Design of Towers, Vessels, Reactors,
and Agitated Vessels", are broad and contain
various subjects of paramount importance.
Therefore, a process Engineering Standard
Specification is prepared to cover this subject,
and includes the following Standards:
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
"‫ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﻫﻤﺰن دار‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫"ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮده و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
:‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬

Standard Code Standard Title ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ﻛﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬

IPS-E-PR-850 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬IPS-E-PR-850

Process Requirements of "‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻇﺮوف و ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
Vessels and Separators"

IPS-E-PR-880 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-880

Process Design of Gas – (‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر‬
(Vapor)-Liquid
Separators" "‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

IPS-E-PR-895 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-895

Process Design of Solid- "‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬- ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
Liquid Separators"

This Engineering Standard Specification covers: :‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬

"PROCESS REQUIREMENTS OF VESSELS "‫"اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف و ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬

AND SEPARATORS"
‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬

4
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
1. SCOPE
This Engineering Standard Specification covers
minimum process requirement of separators,
vessels and reactors used in OGP production
plants. An amendment is made to IPS-E-PR-880,
“Engineering Standard for Process Design of
Gas (Vapor)-Liquid Separators", and IPS-E-PR-
895, “Engineering Standard for Process Design
of Solid-Liquid Separators".
Note 1:
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Dec 2005, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
272.
Note 2:
This bilingual standard is a revised version of the
standard specification by the relevant technical
committee on Dec 2009 which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
Note 3:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated
and undated standards/codes are referred to.
These referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard. For
dated references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually
agreed upon by the Company and the Vendor.
For undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any
supplements and amendments) applies.
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
API Standard 620, "Design and Construction
of Large, Welded, Low-
Pressure Storage Tanks"
11th Ed., 2009
API Spec. 12J "Specification for Oil and
Gas Separators" , 7th.Ed,.
Oct. 1989
5
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬.‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-880 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
IPS-E-PR-895 ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر( – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و‬
-‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪ " ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬1384 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در دي ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ ﻃﻲ‬1 ‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬272 ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ‬1388 ‫در آذر ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫( اﻳﻦ‬0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ در زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
‫"ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه ﻓﺸﺎر‬API Standard 620
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ و ﺑﺰرگ" وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎزدﻫﻢ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
2009 -
"‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬API Spec. 12J
1989 ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ اﻛﺘﺒﺮ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS

IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for "‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100

Units"

IPS-E-PR-200 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-200

Basic Engineering Design " ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
Data"

IPS-E-PR-360 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬IPS-E-PR-360

Process Design of Liquid "‫ذﺧﻴﺮه و اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﮔﺎز‬
and Gas Transfer and
Storage"

IPS-E-PR-700 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬IPS-E-PR-700

Process Design of Crude "‫ﻧﻤﻚ زداﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‬
Oil Electrostatic
Desalters"

IPS-E-PR-880 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬IPS-E-PR-880

Process Design of Gas "‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬- (‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر‬
(Vapor)-Liquid
Separators"

IPS-E-PR-895 "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬IPS-E-PR-895

Process Design of Solid- "‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬- ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
Liquid Separators"

IPS-G-ME-150 "Engineering and Material ،‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬IPS-G-ME-150

Standard for Towers, ‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاء‬،‫رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬
Reactors, Pressure Vessels
& Internals" "‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬

ASME (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME

MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)

ASME Section VIII, Div. 1 ASME Section VIII, Div. 1

"Boiler and Pressure ‫"آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ‬
Vessel, Code" "‫ﻓﺸﺎر‬

NACE (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF (‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬NACE

CORROSION ENGINEERS)

MR0103 "Materials Resistant to ‫"ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬ MR0103
Sulfide Stress Cracking in " ‫در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
Corrosive Petroleum
Refining Environments"

MR0175/ISO 15156-3 CIR 2 MR0175/ISO 15156-3 CIR 2

"Petroleum and Natural ‫"ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ – ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻮرد‬
Gas Industries —
Materials for use in H2S-
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎي ﺣﺎوي ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬
Containing Environments :3 ‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
in Oil and Gas Production ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
— Part 3: Cracking-
6
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
Resistant CRAs
(Corrosion-Resistant
Alloys) and other Alloys"
Fractional Research Incorporated*
* Text Book
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
The following is a glossary of terms used in this
Standard Specification. In addition reference is
made to Sections 3 of IPS-E-PR-880 and IPS-E-
PR-895.
3.1 Coalescers
A mechanical process vessel with wettable,
high-surface area packing on which liquid
droplets consolidate for gravity separation from
a second phase (for example gas or immiscible
liquid).
3.2 Control Volume
Is a certain liquid volume necessary for control
purposes and for maintaining the velocity limit
requirement for degassing and to counter foam
in separators.
3.3 Conventional Gas-Liquid Separator
In this Standard, the term "Conventional Gas-
Liquid Separator" is referred to vertical or
horizontal separators in which gas and liquid are
separated by means of gravity settling with or
without a mist eliminating device.
3.4 Critical Diameter
"Critical diameter" or "cut point", is the diameter
of particles, those particles larger than which
will be eliminated in a sedimentation centrifuge.
3.5 Disengaging Height
The height provided between bottom of the
wire-mesh pad and liquid level of a vapor-liquid
separator.
3.6 Fabric Filter
Commonly termed "bag filters" or "baghouses",
are collectors in which dust is removed from the
gas stream by passing the dust-laden gas through
a fabric of some type.
7
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
"(‫( و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎ‬CRAs) ‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
*
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
‫* ﻛﺘﺎب‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ واژه ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
IPS-E-PR- ‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺑــﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮم‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-PR-895 ‫ و‬880
‫ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬1-3
‫ﻇﺮف ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ آﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺎد و ﺗﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ از ﻓﺎز ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﮔﺎز‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻧﺸﺪﻧﻲ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ‬2-3
‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺣﻔﻆ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ و ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-3
‫ واژه "ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺘﺪاول ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ" ﺑﻪ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻳﺎ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ اﻃﻼق‬،‫ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄﺮه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬4-3
‫"ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ" ﻳﺎ "ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮش" ﻗﻄﺮي از ذرات اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ذرات در‬
‫ ﺣﺬف‬،‫ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬،‫اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از آن‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬5-3
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪاي‬6-3
‫"ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻴﺴﻪاي"ﻳﺎ "ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻴﺴﻪ اي" ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر ﮔﺎز داراي ﻏﺒﺎر از اﻧﻮاع‬
.‫ ﻏﺒﺎر از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﺣﺬف ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
3.7 Filter Medium
The "filter medium" or "septum" is the barrier
that lets the flow pass while retaining most of
the solids; it may be a screen, cloth, paper, or
bed of solids.
3.8 Filtrate
The liquid that passes through the filter medium
is called the filtrate.
3.9 Flash Tank
A vessel used to separate the gas evolved from
liquid flashed from a higher pressure to a lower
pressure.
3.10 Hold-Up Time
A time period during which the amount of liquid
separated in a gas-liquid separator is actually in
the vessel for the purpose of control or vapor
separation.
3.11 Knock-Out
A separator used for a bulk separation of gas and
liquid, particularly when the liquid volume
fraction is high.
3.12 Line Drip
A device typically used in pipelines with very
high gas-to-liquid ratios to remove only free
liquid from a gas stream, and not necessarily all
the liquid.
3.13 Mesh
The "mesh count" (usually called "mesh"), is
effectively the number of openings of a woven
wire filter per 25 mm, measured from the center
of one wire to another 25 mm from it, i.e.:
(Eq. 1) Mesh = 25 / (w + d)
(See Clause 4 for Symbols and Abbreviations.)
3.14 Mist Extractor (Demister)
Is a device installed in the top of scrubbers,
separators, tray or packed vessels, etc. to remove
liquid droplets entrained in a flowing gas stream.
8
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬7-3
‫"ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ" ﻳﺎ "ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ" ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري اﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬،‫ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ‬،‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪات اﺟﺎزه ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ و ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻏﺮﺑﺎل‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮي از ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه‬8-3
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬9-3
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪه از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬10-3
‫دوره زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ آن ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻇﺮف‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬11-3
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻮدهاي ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺟﺰء ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺑﭽﻜﺎن ﺧﻂ‬12-3
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ داراي ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ آزاد از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز و ﻧﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎً ﻫﻤﻪ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺗﻮري‬13-3
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬،(‫"ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺗﻮري" )اﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺗﻮري ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬25 ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي آن ﻗﺮار‬25 ‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
:‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دارد‬
(1 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬4 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﻄﺮه‬14-3
‫ ﻇﺮوف‬،‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ دار ﻳﺎ آﻛﻨﺪه و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﮔﺎز ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
3.15 Open Area
Open area is defined as a percentage of the
whole area of woven wire filter, is shown by
(Fo) and can be calculated from the equation:
w²
(Eq. 2) Fo =
(w  d)
(See Clause 4 for Symbols and Abbreviations.)
3.16 Overflow
The stream being discharged out of the top of a
hydrocyclone, through a protruding pipe, is
called "overflow". This stream consists of bulk
of feed liquid together with the very fine solids.
3.17 Septum
(See Clause 3.7.)
3.18 Scrubber
Is a type of separator which has been designed
to handle flow streams with unusually high gas-
to-liquid ratios.
3.19 Slug Catcher
A particular separator design able to absorb
sustained in-flow of large liquid volumes at
irregular intervals.
3.20 Target Efficiency
Is the fraction of particles or droplets in the
entraining fluid of a separator, moving past an
object in the fluid, which impinge on the object.
3.21 Terminal Velocity or Drop-Out Velocity
Is the velocity at which a particle or droplet will
fall under the action of gravity, when drag force
just balance gravitational force and the particle
(or droplet) continues to fall at constant velocity.
3.22 Underflow
The stream containing the remaining liquid and
the coarser solids which is discharged through a
circular opening at the apex of the core of a
hydrocyclone is referred to as "underflow".
3.23 Vapor Space
The volume of a vapor liquid separator above
the liquid level.
9
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎز‬15-3
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان درﺻﺪي از ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه و از ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬Fo ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد و ﺑﺎ‬
:‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
 100 (2 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬4 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬16-3
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ )ﻫﻴﺪرو ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن( از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮده ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬17-3
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬7-3 ‫)ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬18-3
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬19-3
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎي زﻳﺎد‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﻫﺪف‬20-3
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ذرات ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮات در ﺳﻴﺎل ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر از ﺷﻲء دروﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻘﻮط‬21-3
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ذره ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه ﻛﻪ در اﺛﺮ ﻛﻨﺶ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﺳﻘﻮط‬
‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺷﺪه و‬
.‫ذره )ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه( ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲ اﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺎ رﻳﺰ‬22-3
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه و ﺟﺎﻣﺪات درﺷﺖ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ داﻳﺮهاي در رأس ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ )ﻫﻴﺪرو‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن( ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان "ﭘﺎ رﻳﺰ" ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺨﺎر‬23-3
.‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

4. SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬-4

API American Petroleum Institute.

‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
BSI British Standards Institution
‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
CD Drag Coefficient, (dimensionless).
(‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ )ﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
d Interval in (mm)
(‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺳﻴﻢ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
d1 Nozzle Diameter, in (m).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
d2 Diameter of the Gas Outlet Nozzle, in (m).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
d3 Diameter of the Liquid Outlet Nozzle, in (m).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
Dp Diameter of Droplet, in (m).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
dp Double Pocket Vanes.
‫ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎي دو ﺷﻴﺎره‬
DN Diameter Nominal, in (mm).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
EOR End of Run.
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن دوره‬
Eq. Equation.
‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
Fo The Whole Area of A Woven Wire Filter, in (mm²).
(‫ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
FWKO Free Water Knock-Out.
‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد‬
g Acceleration of Gravity, in (m/² s).
(m/² s) ‫ﺷﺘﺎب ﺟﺎذﺑﻪ‬

GOR Gas/Oil Ratio.

‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
Hl Height of Liquid Space, in (m).
(‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
HLL High Liquid Level.
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
IE Ion Exchange.
‫ﺗﺒﺎدل ﻳﻮﻧﻲ‬
Inf Infinity.
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬

10
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

IP Institute of Petroleum.
‫اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
K Entrainment Coefficient, in (m/s).
(‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي )ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
L Distance between the Inlet Nozzle and Outlet Nozzle, in (m).
(‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎزل ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ )ﻣﺘﺮ‬
MG + ML Mass of Gas and Liquid in the Mixture, in (kg).
(‫ﺟﺮم ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻣﺨﻠﻮط )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
MMNCM Million Normal Cubic Meter
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬
MMSCF Million Standard Cubic Foot
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﻓﻮت ﻣﻜﻌﺐ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Mod Moderate.
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‬
NLL Normal Liquid Level.
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎدي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
np No-Pocket Vanes.
‫ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﺎر‬
OD Outside Diameter, in (mm).
(‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
OGP Oil, Gas and Petrochemical.
‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ‬
ppm Parts per Million.
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ در ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن‬
QG + QL Volume of Gas and Liquid in the Mixture, in (m³).
(‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻣﺨﻠﻮط )ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
Qmax Liquid Handling Capacity as Droplets.
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻗﻄﺮات‬
Sh Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of the Heaviers, (Dimensionless).
(‫ﺟﺮم وﻳﮋه )ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ )ﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
S1 Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of the Lighters, (Dimensionless).
(‫ﺟﺮم وﻳﮋه )ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺒﻜﺘﺮ )ﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
SOR Start of Run.
‫ﺷﺮوع دوره‬
SP Single-Pocket Vanes.
‫ﭘﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ‬
TCA Total Corrosion Allowance.
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﻞ‬
TGU Thermal Gas Oil Unit.
‫واﺣﺪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﮔﺎز‬
Ut Terminal Velocity of the Heavier Fine Particles, in (m/s).
(‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ذرات رﻳﺰ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ )ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬

11
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

VG Gas Superficial Velocity, in (m/s).

(‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﮔﺎز )ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
Vh Horizontal Liquid Velocity, in (m/s).
(‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
Vm,in Velocity of the Mixture in the Inlet Nozzle, in (m/s).
(‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ﻧﺎزل ورودي )ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
VBU Visbreaker Unit.
‫واﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي‬
yr Year.
‫ﺳﺎل‬
w Width of Woven Wire Opening, in (mm).
(‫ﻋﺮض ﺳﻮراخ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
 G (rho) Gas Density, in (kg/m³).
(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬

 h (rho) Density of Droplet, in (kg/cm³).

(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﻄﺮه‬

 L (rho) Density of Liquid, in (kg/m³).

(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

 i (rho) Density of the Continuous Phase, in (kg/m³).

(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻓﺎز ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

 m (rho) Mean Density of Mixture, in (kg/m³).

(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬

 v (rho) Vapor Density, in (kg/m³).

(kg/m³) ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﺎر‬

µ (mu) Particle Size, in Microns or Micrometers (µm).

(µm)‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫اﻧﺪازه ذره‬

µ (mu) Viscosity (Dynamic) of Continuous Phase, in [cP = mPa.s].

(cP = mPa.s) ‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي )دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ( ﻓﺎز ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬

 lambda Gas Handling Maximum Capacity.

‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺎز‬

5. UNITS ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-5
This Standard is based on International System of ‫ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where
otherwise specified.
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

6. SEPARATORS ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬-6
6.1 Gas-Liquid Separators ‫ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬1-6
6.1.1 General ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-6
Process design of gas (vapor)-liquid separators ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر( – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
should be based on IPS-E-PR-880, "Process ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-880 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
Design of Gas (Vapor)-Liquid Separators" and
12
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
should be amended with the following selection
and design criteria:
The function of a separator is to provide removal
of free gas from oil and/or water at a specific
pressure and temperature.
6.1.2 Selection criteria
6.1.2.1 General
The followings outline various criteria and
features which play a role in separators
performance and selection. Table A.1 in Appendix
A summarizes the relative performance of various
types of separators.
6.1.2.2 Orientation
In general, a vertical vessel is preferred for
gas/liquid separation for the following reasons:
- When the gas/liquid ratio is high;
- A smaller plan area is required (critical on
offshore platforms);
- Easier solids removal;
- Liquid removal efficiency does not vary with
liquid level;
- Vessel volume is generally smaller.
However, a horizontal vessel should be chosen
if:
- Large volume of total fluid is available;
- Large amount of dissolved gas is available;
- Large liquid slugs have to be accommodated;
- There is restricted head room;
- A low downward liquid velocity is required
(for degassing purposes, foam breakdown or in
case of a difficult liquid/liquid separation).
6.1.2.3 Components
For efficient and stable operation over a wide
range of conditions, a gas-liquid separator
normally has the following features:
13
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز )ﺑﺨﺎر( – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ اﺻﻼح ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮدن ﮔﺎز آزاد از ﻧﻔﺖ و ﻳﺎ آب در‬،‫وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬2-1-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-1-6
‫ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ و وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در‬
1-‫ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻒ‬.‫ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ را‬
.‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬2-2-1-6
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ زﻳﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬
:‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬/‫ﮔﺎز‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬-
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ در ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )در‬-
‫ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎي درﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻲ اﺳﺖ(؛‬
‫ ﺣﺬف آﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات؛‬-
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ؛‬-
.‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻇﺮف ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬-
:‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﮔﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ از ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬-
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎدي از ﮔﺎز ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺤﻠﻮل وﺟﻮد‬-
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد؛‬-
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻓﻀﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬-
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ روﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬-
‫ از ﺑﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﻒ ﻳﺎ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬،‫ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ دﺷﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬/‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء‬3-2-1-6
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و ﻣﻮﺛﺮ در داﻣﻨﻪ وﺳﻴﻌﻲ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺰاء زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
a) Primary separation section
This section is for removing the bulk of the
liquid in the inlet stream. Liquid slugs and
large liquid particles are removed first to
minimize gas turbulence and re-entrainment
of liquid particles in preparation for the
second step of separation. To do this, it is
usually necessary to absorb the momentum
and change the direction of flow by some
form of inlet baffling.
Following the gas/liquid flow path through
the Primary separation section, the
following parameters should be identified:
- Feed inlet
This comprises the upstream piping, inlet
nozzle, and the inlet devices (if any).
• The diameter of the inlet nozzle is a function
of the feed flow rate and pressure.
• Information on the nature of the feed
(foaming tendency, feeds with solids, wax or
cocking tendency) are given in Clauses B.1
and B.2 in Appendix B.
• The criterion for the nozzle sizing is that the
momentum of the feed shall not exceed
prescribed levels. The maximum allowable
inlet momentum can be increased by applying
inlet devices.
• The momentum criteria are given in
Appendix C.
• The function of the inlet device is to initiate the
gas/liquid separation and to distribute the gas
flow evenly in the gas compartment of the vessel.
• Commonly used inlet devices are the half-
open pipe and their specific proprietory inlet
devices designed for introducing gas/liquid
mixtures into a vessel or column.
b) Secondary separation section
The major separation principle in this section is
gravity settling of liquid from the gas stream
after its velocity has been reduced.
14
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﺗﻮده ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ورودي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ و ذرات ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﮔﺎز و‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ذرات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬.‫دوم ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد اﺷﻜﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ورودي ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬/ ‫ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ورودي ﺧﻮراك‬-
‫ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ‬
.‫ورودي )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد( اﺳﺖ‬
‫• ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ورودي ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
.‫ﺧﻮراك ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫• اﻃﻼﻋﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺧﻮراك )ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﻮم ﻳﺎ ﻛُﻚ ﺷﺪن‬،‫ﺧﻮراك ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ب( داده ﺷﺪه‬2-‫ و ب‬1-‫دارﻧﺪ( در ﺑﻨﺪ ب‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺪازه‬.‫ﺧﻮراك ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﺮر اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ورودي ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ورودي‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫• ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ج( داده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬/‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز‬،‫• وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ورودي‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز در ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺎزي ﻇﺮف ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎز و‬،‫• ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ورودي ﻣﺘﺪاول ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ورودي ﺧﺎص ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ورود ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮج ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬/‫ﮔﺎز‬
‫ب( ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي در اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ آن ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
c) Liquid accumulator section
The liquid(s) is (are) collected in this section. The
liquid should have a minimum of disturbance from
the flowing gas stream. Sufficient capacity is
necessary to allow for surges and to provide the
retention time necessary for efficient separation of
gas breaking out of liquid. The flowing parameters
should be identified:
- Separator internals
In knock-out vessels the diameter should be
selected sufficiently large to keep the gas
velocity low at which the major portion of the
droplets could be settled by gravity.
In all other types of gas/liquid separators,
internals should be considered. For selection
the required duty, wire mesh, vane-pack (
either horizontal or vertical flow ) ,
multicyclones axial or reversed flow, filter
candles, etc. should be studied
d. Gas and liquid outlets section
A vortex breaker may be located over the
liquid outlet nozzle(s) to prevent gas or oil
entrainment with the bottom liquid. The mist
extractor of the coalescing section can be one of
several designs ( a series of vanes, woven wire
mesh pad or a centrifugal device). The mist
extractor removes from the gas stream the small
droplets (normally down to 10 micron diameter)
of liquid before the gas leaves the vessel. Liquid
carryover is normally less than 14 liter per
MMNCM (0.1 gallon per MMSCF).
After completion of the gas/liquid separation
process the two phases will leave the vessel via
the gas and liquid outlet respectively. The
nozzle sizing criteria are given in Appendix C
6.1.2.4 Gas handling capacity
The separator shall be large enough to handle the gas
flow rate under the most severe process conditions. The
highest envisaged gas flow rate should be determined by
including a margin for surging, uncertainties in basic
data. This margin is typically between 15 and 50%,
depending on the application. For the recommended
margin see Appendix D.
15
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ج( ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺒﺎرش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬.(‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ)ﻫﺎ( در اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد)ﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻏﺘﺸﺎش را در اﺛﺮ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﮔﻴﺮي و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﮔﺎز ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺿﺮورت دارد‬
:‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺰرگ‬،‫در ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺎز را ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﺪه ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﺟﺰاء‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫در ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﺮهاي )ﻫﻢ‬،‫ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ي ﻣﺤﻮري‬،(‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻫﻢ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ‬
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫د( ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺎزل)ﻫﺎي( ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ذرات ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻧﻮاع ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ )ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪاي از ﭘﺮهﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮات ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ذرات‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺮك ﻇﺮف‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون( را از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز‬10 ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
14 ‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬.‫ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺎﻟﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﻓﻮت‬0/1) ‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دوﻓﺎز ﻇﺮف را‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ از ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺮك ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ج( داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺎز‬4-2-1-6
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز را‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰودن ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎت و ﻋﺪم اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن در اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫ و‬15 ً‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
.‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

6.1.2.5 Process controls ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬5-2-1-6

The operating pressure may be controlled by a
weight loaded, spring loaded, or pilot operated gas
back pressure valve. Where the gas is being
delivered to a pipeline, the minimum separator
pressure is usually set by the transmission or
gathering system pressure. Separators should be
equipped with one or more liquid level controls.
Usually a liquid level control for the liquid
accumulation section of two-phase separators
activates a liquid dump valve to maintain the
required liquid level.
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﮔﺎزي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ‬.‫ ﺑﺎر ﻓﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺗﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬،‫وزن‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬.‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻳﺎ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي دو ﻓﺎزي‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬، ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻزم ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬

6.1.2.6 Relief devices ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬6-2-1-6

All separators ,regardless of size or pressure, shall
be provided with pressure protective devices and
set in accordance with ASME Code requirements.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ASME ‫ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬

6.1.2.7 Separator shapes ‫ اﺷﻜﺎل ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬7-2-1-6

There are three different shapes of separators:
vertical , horizontal, and spherical. The four main
components are located differently in the various
vessels.
‫ اﻓﻘﻲ و‬،‫ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬:‫ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺟﺰء اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت در ﻇﺮوف ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺎ‬.‫ﻛﺮوي‬
.‫دﻫﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬

6.1.2.8 Selection strategy ‫ ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬8-2-1-6

To facilitate the choice of a separator for a given
application, the performance characteristics of
various separators are summarized in Appendix A,
Table A.1.
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
1-‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ در ﺟﺪول اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )اﻟﻒ( ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬

a) Gas handling capacity: :‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺎز‬

- Max. capacity (gas load factor); ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎر ﮔﺎز(؛‬-

- Turndown ratio. .‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬-

b) Liquid removal efficiency: :‫ب( راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

- Overall; ‫ ﻛﻠﻲ؛‬-

- With respect to fine mist; ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ رﻳﺰي ذرات ؛‬-

- With respect to the possible flooding above ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻐﻴﺎن ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎر‬-
the maximal load factor (which will affect the ‫)ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺪي ﺷﻴﺐ اﻓﺖ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ را‬
sharpness of the efficiency decline above the
maximum capacity). .(‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬

c) Liquid handling capacity: :‫ج( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

- Slugs; ‫ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ؛‬-

- Droplets. .‫ ﻗﻄﺮات‬-

16
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
d) Fouling tolerance:
- Sand;
- Sticky material.
e) Pressure drop:
The following selection strategy is suggested:
First define the mandatory requirements which
the separator shall satisfy. With the aid of
Table A.1 in Appendix A, a number of
separators can then be ruled out. Check, using
the Clause a.2), whether there are limitations
which will rule out horizontal or vertical
vessels.
6.1.3 Design criteria
6.1.3.1 General
Unless explicitly stated otherwise, both the
maximum gas and liquid flow rates should contain
a design margin or surge factor as defined in
Appendix D. Table A.1 in Appendix A,
summarizes the performance data which can
enable a comparison of the various separators.
6.1.3.2 Vertical and horizontal separators
Specific indication to process application,
characteristics, recommended and non-
recommended use of various vertical/horizontal
separators used in OGP production plants are
given hereunder for design consideration:
a) Vertical knock-out drum
Application:
- Bulk separation of gas and liquid.
Characteristics:
- Unlimited turndown;
- High slug handling capacity;
- Liquid removal efficiency typically 80-90%
(ranging from low to high liquid load).
Warning: Liquid removal efficiency for mist is
very poor
- Very low pressure drop;
17
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
:‫د( رواداري در رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬاري‬
‫ ﺷﻦ؛‬-
.‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬-
‫ﻫ ( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
:‫ﺗﺪﺑﻴﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺑﺘﺪا اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺟﺒﺎري را ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮآورده ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ از ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬1-‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻒ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،(‫)اﻟﻒ‬
‫( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬2-‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي را ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬3-1-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-1-6
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮاﺣﺖ ﻃﻮر دﻳﮕﺮي اﻇﻬﺎر ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ داراي ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬1-‫ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻒ‬.‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د( ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫)اﻟﻒ( اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ را‬
.‫ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي و اﻓﻘﻲ‬2-3-1-6
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬/‫و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ در زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮهﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
:‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
.‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻮده اي ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-
:‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪود ؛‬-
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش زﻳﺎد ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ؛‬-
‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺖ )از ﺑﺎر‬90 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬80 ً‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬-
‫ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ(؛‬
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﺑﺮاي ذرات رﻳﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻢ‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻢ؛‬-
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

- Insensitive to fouling. ‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬاري‬-

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

- Vessels where internals have to be kept to a ‫ ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﺜﻞ‬-
minimum (e.g., flare knock-out drums); ‫ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ(؛‬

- Fouling service e.g., wax, sand, asphaltenes; ‫ ﺷﻦ و آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ؛‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬار ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮم‬-

- Foaming service. .‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻛﻒ زا‬-

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Where efficient demisting of gas is required. ‫• ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻣﺆﺛﺮ )ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺑﻌﺪي( ذرات رﻳﺰ ﮔﺎز ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬

Typical process applications: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Vent and flare stack knock-out drums; ‫• ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ دودﻛﺶ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا و ﻣﺸﻌﻞ؛‬

• Production separator; ‫• ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ؛‬

• Bulk separator (e.g., upstream of gas ‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮده اي )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
coolers); ‫ﮔﺎز(؛‬

• Flash vessel. .‫• ﻇﺮف ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ‬

b) Horizontal knock-out drum ‫ب( ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﻓﻘﻲ‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
• Bulk separation of gas and liquid. .‫• ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻮده اي ﮔﺎز و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
• Can handle large liquid fractions; ‫ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎي زﻳﺎد ﺟﺰء ﻣﺎﻳﻊ؛‬ 

• Unlimited turndown; ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻧﺎﻣﺤﺪود ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ؛‬ 

• Very high slug handling capacity; ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ؛‬ 

• Liquid removal efficiency typically 80-90% ‫ درﺻﺪ )از ﺑﺎر‬90 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬80 ً‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬ 
(ranging from low to high liquid load). .(‫ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

Warning: Liquid removal efficiency for mist ‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ذرات رﻳﺰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬:‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
is very poor ‫ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
• Insensitive to fouling; ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺣﺴﺎس در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬاري؛‬ 

• Very low pressure drop. .‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻢ‬ 

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Vessels where internals have to be kept to a ‫ ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬
minimum and where there are height limitations; ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع وﺟﻮد دارد؛‬

18
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

• Slug catchers; ‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ؛‬ 

• Fouling service, e.g., wax, sand, asphaltenes; ‫ ﺷﻦ و آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ؛‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬار ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮم‬ 

• For foaming or very viscous liquids. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻛﻒزا ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﮔﺮاﻧﺮو؛‬ 

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Where efficient demisting of gas is required. ‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف ﻣﺆﺛﺮ )ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي( ذرات رﻳﺰ ﮔﺎز ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬

Typical process applications: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Vent and flare stack knock-out drums; ‫ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ دودﻛﺶ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ؛‬ 

• Production separator-low GOR; ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﺼﻮل – ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﻢ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ؛‬ 

• Bulk separator; ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮده اي؛‬ 

• Slug catcher. .‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬ 

c) Vertical wire mesh demister ‫ج( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting of gas. .‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي )ﻧﻢ ﮔﻴﺮي( از ﮔﺎز‬ 

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• High turndown ratio; ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ زﻳﺎد؛‬ 

• High slug handling capacity; ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ زﻳﺎد ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ؛‬ 

• Liquid removal efficiency > 98%; ‫ درﺻﺪ؛‬98 ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬ 

• Sensitive to fouling; ‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬاري؛‬ 

• Low pressure drop. .‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ‬ 

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• For demisting service with a moderate liquid ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ؛‬ 
load;

• Where slug handling capacity may be ‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
required. .‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Fouling service (wax, asphaltenes, sand, ‫ ﻫﻴﺪراتﻫﺎ(؛‬،‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫ آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫• ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي رﺳﻮب ده )ﻣﻮم‬
hydrates);

• For viscous liquids where degassing ‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﮔﺮاﻧﺮو ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺣﺬف ﮔﺎز ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف را‬
requirement determines vessel diameter; ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؛‬

19
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

• For compressor suction scrubbers unless
precautions are taken to prevent the possibility
of loose wire cuttings entering the compressor
or plugging of the demister mat increasing
suction pressure drop.
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬،‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬
‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ورود‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻟﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﻳﺎ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻜﺶ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬

Typical process applications: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Production/test separator: ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬/‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬

- Moderate GOR; ‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ؛‬-

- Non-fouling; .‫ ﻏﻴﺮرﺳﻮبده‬-

• Inlet/outlet scrubbers for glycol contactors; ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺗﻤﺎس‬/‫• ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ورودي‬
‫ﮔﻠﻴﻜﻮل؛‬

• Inlet scrubbers for gas export pipelines; ‫• ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ورودي ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺻﺎدرات ﮔﺎز؛‬

• For small diameter and/or low pressure ‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ‬/‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ و‬
vessels, where extra costs of vane of screen ‫( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬SMS) ‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ اﺿـﺎﻓﻲ ﭘــﺮه اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮري اﻟﻚ‬
mesh sizes (SMS) internals cannot be justified.
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬

d) Horizontal wire mesh demister ‫د( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting of gas where a high liquid ‫• ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄﺮات از ﮔﺎز ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
handling capacity is required. .‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• High turndown ratio; ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ زﻳﺎد‬ 

• Very high slug handling capacity; ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد؛‬ 

• Liquid removal efficiency > 98%; ‫ درﺻﺪ؛‬98 ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬ 

• Sensitive to fouling; ‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ رﺳﻮب‬ 

• Low pressure drop. ‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ‬ 

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Typically for demisting service with a high ‫• ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄﺮات ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ زﻳﺎد و‬
liquid load and low GOR; ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ؛‬

• Where slug handling capacity may be ‫• ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
required;

• For viscous liquids where liquid degassing ‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﮔﺮاﻧﺮو ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
requirement determines vessel diameter; ‫ﻇﺮف را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؛‬

20
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

• In situations where head room is restricted; ‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬ 

• For foaming liquids. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻛﻒ زا‬ 

e) Vertical vane-type demister ‫ﻫ ( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting of gas. .‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺎز‬ 

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• Liquid removal efficiency > 96%; ‫ درﺻﺪ؛‬96 ‫• راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬

• Moderate turndown ratio; ‫• ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ؛‬

• Suitable for slightly fouling service (if ‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ رﺳﻮبده )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺪون ﭘﺮه ﺷﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬
without double-pocket vanes);

• Robust design; ‫• ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ؛‬

• Sensitive to liquid slugs (in-line separator ‫• ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺧﻂ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
cannot handle slugs). .(‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Typically for demisting service; ‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺪاول اﺳﺖ؛‬

• In-line separator to be used only with ‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺧﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻢ‬
relatively low flow parameter (  feed < 0.01); ‫ (؛‬ ‫< ﺧﻮراك‬0.01 ) .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

• Two-stage separator to be used if  feed ‫• از ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز دو ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﮔﺮ‬

 0.01; ‫؛‬0/01 ≤  ‫ﺧﻮراك‬

• Attractive for slightly fouling service (if ‫• ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻛﻢ رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬار )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺪون‬
without double-pocket vanes); ‫ﭘـﺮهﻫﺎي دو ﺷﻴﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(؛‬

• May be used where demister mats may ‫• ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﻧﺴﺪاد ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
become plugged, i.e., waxy crudes. .‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻔﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻣﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Heavy fouling service (heavy wax, ،‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫ آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬،‫• ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي رﺳﻮبده زﻳﺎد )ﻣﻮم ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
asphaltenes, sand, hydrates); ‫ﻫﻴﺪراﺗﻬﺎ(؛‬

• For viscous liquids where degassing ‫• ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﮔﺮاﻧﺮو ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
requirement determines vessel diameter; ‫ﻇﺮف را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؛‬

• The in-line vertical flow vane pack separator ‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺧﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﺮهاي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
shall not be used where liquid slugging may ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
occur or where  feed  0.01;
‫؛‬0/01 ≤ ‫ ﺧﻮراك‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

• If pressure exceeds 100 bar (abs), due to the ‫ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ اﻓﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺎر )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫• اﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
consequent sharp decline in liquid removal
21
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

efficiency. .‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ در راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

Typical process applications: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Compressor suction scrubbers, where vane ‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫• ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر‬
packs are preferred to demister mats since their ‫ﺣﺼﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد زﻳﺮا ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر آﻧﻬﺎ‬
construction is more robust;
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ؛‬

• Demisting vessels with slightly fouling .‫• ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ ﻛﻢ رﺳﻮب ده‬
service.

f) Horizontal vane-type demister ‫و( ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي اﻓﻘﻲ‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting of gas where a high liquid ‫• ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺎز ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ زﻳﺎد ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
handling capacity is required. .‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• Liquid removal efficiency > 96%; ‫ درﺻﺪ؛‬96 ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬ 

• Moderate turndown ratio; ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ؛‬ 

• Suitable for slightly fouling service (if ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻛﻢ رﺳﻮبده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ؛)اﮔﺮ‬ 
without double-pocket vanes); (‫ﺑﺪون ﭘﺮه دو ﺷﻴﺎري‬

• High slug handling capacity; ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ زﻳﺎد؛‬ 

• Robust design. ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ؛‬ 

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Heavy fouling service (heavy wax, ،‫ ﺷﻦ‬،‫ آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻴﻦ‬،‫• ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺎ رﺳﻮبدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ )ﻣﻮم ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
asphaltenes, sand, hydrates); ‫ﻫﻴﺪراﺗﻬﺎ(؛‬

• If pressure exceeds 100 bar (abs). .‫ ﺑﺎر )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬100 ‫• اﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر از‬

Typical process applications: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Production separator where GOR is low and ‫• ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
the service is slightly fouling. .‫و ﺳﻴﺎل ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً رﺳﻮبده اﺳﺖ‬
g) Cyclone ‫ز( ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting of gas in fouling service. ‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺎز در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي رﺳﻮب ده؛‬ 

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• Liquid removal efficiency > 96%; ‫ درﺻﺪ؛‬96 < ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ 
• Limited turndown ratio; ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﺪود؛‬ 
• Insensitive to fouling; ‫ﻏﻴﺮﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ رﺳﻮب؛‬ 

22
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

• High pressure drop. ‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬ 

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Typically for use in a fouling (e.g., coke- ‫• ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي رﺳﻮبده‬
formation) environment and where a high ‫)ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛُﻚ( و ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
demisting efficiency is still required.
.‫ﻫﻨﻮز ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• If high pressure drop can not be tolerated. .‫اﮔﺮ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ 

Typical process application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬

• In oil refineries: :‫• در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬

Thermal Gas-Oil Unit (TGU); ‫(؛‬TGU) ‫ﮔﺎز‬-‫واﺣﺪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
Visbreaker Unit (VBU); ‫(؛‬VBU) ‫واﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي‬

• In chemical plants: :‫• در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬

Thermoplastic Rubber Plants. .‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬

h) Vertical multicyclone separator ‫ح( ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• Demisting and dedusting of gas in slightly ‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﻏﺒﺎرﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺎز در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي‬ 
fouling service and high pressure. .‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻢ رﺳﻮبده و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• Liquid removal efficiency > 93%; ‫؛‬%93 < ‫• راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

• Suitable for slightly fouling service (e.g., low ‫• ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً رﺳﻮبده )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﻮاي ﻛﻢ‬
sand loading); ‫ﺷﻦ(؛‬

• High pressure drop; ‫• اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ؛‬

• Compact separator; ‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺮده؛‬

• Sensitive to high liquid loading or slugs. .‫• ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Typically for use in a slightly fouling

environment where the gas pressure is higher ‫• ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻢ رﺳﻮبده ﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬
than 100 bar (abs) and a compact separator is ‫ ﺑﺎر )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ( اﺳﺖ و ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬100 ‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﮔﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
required. .‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

23
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Non-recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬

• Low gas pressure; ‫• ﮔﺎز ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ ؛‬

• Heavy fouling service (high sand loading ‫• ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي رﺳﻮبده زﻳﺎد )ﻣﺤﺘﻮاي زﻳﺎد ﺷﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ‬
will cause erosion); ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد(؛‬

• High liquid loading; ‫• ﺑﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ؛‬

• Slug; ‫• ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ؛‬

• When high liquid removal efficiency is .‫• زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
required.

Typical process application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

• Wellhead separators; ‫• ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﺮ ﭼﺎﻫﻲ؛‬

• Primary scrubbers under slightly fouling ‫• ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫـﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً رﺳﻮبده‬
service and when the liquid loading is low; ‫وزﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ؛‬

• Compressor suction scrubbers if sand is ‫• ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر اﮔﺮ در ﺧﻮراك ﺷﻦ وﺟﻮد‬
present in the feed. .‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

i) Filter separator ‫ط( ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬

Application: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬

• After-cleaning (liquid and solids) of already ‫• ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻌﺪي )ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺟﺎﻣﺪات( ﮔﺎز ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي‬
demisted gas when a very high liquid removal .‫ﺷﺪه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
efficiency is required.

Characteristics: :‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬

• Liquid removal efficiency > 99%; ‫؛‬%99 < ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ 

• Very high pressure drop; ‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد؛‬ 

• Sensitive to high liquid loading or slugs; ‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ؛‬ 

• Sensitive to fouling by sticky material. .‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ رﺳﻮب ﮔﺬاري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬ 

Recommended use: :‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬

• Typically as a second-line gas/liquid ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي‬/‫• ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ ﮔﺎز‬
separator to after-clean the gas stream exiting .‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اوﻟﻴﻪ ﮔﺎز‬
from the first-line gas/liquid separator.

• Use filter candles with the flow from OUT to ‫• در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ از ﺷﻤﻊﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
IN where solids are present. ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن از ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬

• Use filter candles with the flow from IN to
OUT where ultimate efficiency is required and
NO solids are present.
24
‫• ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺟﺎﻣﺪات وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ از ﺷﻤﻌﻚﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن از داﺧﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺮون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
Non-recommended use:
• Heavy fouling (sticky material) service;
• High liquid loading;
• Slugs.
Typical process application:
• Last demisting stage of natural gas prior to
dispatch for sale.
6.2 Solid-Liquid Separators
6.2.1 General
The process design of solid-liquid separators
should be based on the IPS-E-PR-895,
"Engineering Standard for Process Design of
Solid-Liquid Separators" and the following is
covered as an amendment to
IPS-E-PR-895 above.
6.2.2 Multicyclone scrubbers/separators
6.2.2.1 Application
High efficiency separation of solids & liquids. For
detailed applications see Table E.2*.
6.2.2.2 Introduction
The multicyclone gas separator/scrubber offers an
economical way to remove solid and liquid
particles from a gas stream.
6.2.2.3 Advantages:
- On high pressure applications, the reduced
diameter of the multicyclone is smaller than
the vane type and markedly smaller than the
demister type. This means thinner walls,
reduced space, and most importantly reduced
costs (especially on larger flow rates).
- The multicyclone is able to handle and
remove solid particles whereas the vane and
demister type principally do not.
Note:
The vane and demister type separators will
remove small solids suspended in liquid.
- Like the wire mesh demister and vane type
the multicyclone separator is a high
25
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
:‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي رﺳﻮب دﻫﻲ زﻳﺎد )ﻣﻮاد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه(؛‬ 
‫ﺑﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ؛‬ 
‫ﻟﺨﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ؛‬ 
:‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫• ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ارﺳﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮوش‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬2-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-6
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬IPS-E-PR-895 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ–ﻣﺎﻳﻊ" و ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-PR-895 ‫اﺻﻼح و ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ‬/‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬2-2-6
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2-2-6
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺟﺎﻣﺪات و ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ *ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﻫـ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬2-2-2-6
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺎز ﻳﻚ راه اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﺮاي‬/‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﺣﺬف ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﻓﻮاﻳﺪ‬3-2-2-6
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ‬،‫در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ‬ -
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ دﻳﻮارهﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻛﺘﺮ‬.‫ﻧﻮع ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ و ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮ از ﻫﻤﻪ‬
.‫)ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش و ﺣﺬف ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬ -
.‫اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي و ﻧﻮع ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ در‬،‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﭘﺮهاي و ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي‬ -
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
capacity separator designed to operate
with a low pressure drop.
* Table E.1 also represents a separator type
selection guide for other types of separators for
any reference.
- The multicyclone is self cleaning and needs
only a periodic blowdown for removal of
collected material.
- It is high efficient over a wide range of
operating conditions.
6.2.2.4 Removal efficiency
Generally, the efficiency of the separator is
dependent on the following factors ( See Fig. E.1
of Appendix E.):
- Particle size.
- Distribution of particles.
- Liquid loading.
6.2.2.5 Liquid efficiency
3
The outlet gas shall contain less than 1 m /74.81 ×
106 m3 liquids to gas through the scrubber (based
on a liquid to gas ratio of less than or equal to
5%). In addition, based on the same inlet
assumption, all liquid particles 5 microns (µm)
and larger shall be removed.
6.2.2.6 Solids
Based on an assumed solid loading of 22.88 g/m3.
The multicyclone separator will generally remove
100% of 8 microns (µm) and larger solid particles
(see Fig. E.1 of Appendix E).
6.2.2.7 Operation
Fig. E.2 of Appendix E shows the general detail of
multicyclone scrubber/separator.
6.2.2.8 Material specifications and construction
Multicyclone scrubbers are designed and
manufactured in accordance with ASME VIII Div.
1 Code. Materials of construction are as customers
specification, from standard carbon steel to
stainless steel, and other steel alloys. Cyclone
tubes are manufactured as standard from high
alloy cast steel.
26
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اي ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬1-‫* ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺪول ﻫـ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻴﺎن ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮد ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﻦ اﺳﺖ و ﻓﻘﻂ‬ -
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ دورهاي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪه ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫دارد‬
‫در ﻣﺤﺪوده وﺳﻴﻌﻲ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ داراي‬ -
.‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف‬4-2-2-6
‫ )ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬،ً‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬
:(‫ از ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫـ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬1-‫ﻫـ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ذره؛‬ -
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ذرات؛‬ -
.‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ -
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬5-2-2-6
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬1 ‫ﮔﺎز ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﮔﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬74/81×106‫در‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬،‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.(‫ درﺻﺪ‬5 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺎز ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬5 ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ذرات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ﻫﻤﺎن ﻓﺮض در ورودي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات‬6-2-2-6
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ‬22/88 g/m3 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺎر ﻓﺮﺿﻲ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ را‬8 ‫ درﺻﺪ ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬100 ً‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬
.(‫ از ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫـ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬1-‫ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫـ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬7-2-2-6
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز‬/‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫـ( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻛﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2-‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫـ‬
.‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬8-2-2-6
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬.‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬ASME VIII
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪار از ﻛﺮﺑﻦ اﺳﺘﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد از ﻓﻮﻻد ﭘﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژ رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
6.3 Liquid-Liquid Separators
6.3.1 General
For liquid-liquid separators the following
requirements and criteria should be considered:
a) The vessels should be sized in such a way
that the settling time for each liquid phase
from the other is less than it’s residence
time in the vessel itself.
b) Settling velocity for the dispersed droplets is
calculated using Stocke’s, Newton’s or an
intermediate law, according to the field of
application.
c) A maximum settling value of 250 mm/min
shall be considered for light hydrocarbons.
It should be verified that the hold-up time
necessary for any phase for settling satisfies
process hold-up requirements.
6.3.1.1 For normal liquid droplet separation,
droplet diameters ranging from 500 to 1000
microns (µm) are assumed as a guide for the
design for vertical separators, and droplet diameter
of about 100 microns are assumed as a guide for
the design of horizontal separators. Terminal
velocity, design calculation is given in Appendix
F of this Standard Specification.
6.3.1.2 Vertical separator
a) Liquid velocities
The terminal velocity Ut of any droplet moving
in a medium can be calculated form Stockes’
law. The settling rate of each phase from the
other phase should be calculated to decide
which phase is limiting.
b) Construction
Typical construction of vertical liquid-liquid
separators are shown in Appendix F, Fig. F.1.
Feed nozzles shall be so arranged that the
liquid-liquid interface may not be disturbed.
6.3.1.3 Horizontal separator
a) Liquid velocity
The liquid velocity can be determined by the
equation given below, where Dp is assumed to
be 100 microns:
27
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-6
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-6
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و‬
:‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺗﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از زﻣﺎن‬
.‫اﻗﺎﻣﺖ آن در ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮات ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺳﺘﻮك‬
.‫زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
250 ‫ج( ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻪ‬
.‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي را ﺑﺮآورد ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻋﺎدي ﻗﻄﺮات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬1-1-3-6
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه در ﺣﺪود‬،‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ‬1000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬500
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﻓﺮض ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬100 ‫ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و( در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت داده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺣﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮدي‬2-1-3-6
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه ﻣﺘﺤﺮك در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ از ﻗﺎﻧﻮن‬Ut ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺷﺪت ﺗﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻮك ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز از ﻓﺎز دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎز ﻣﺤﺪود‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ب ( ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
(‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و‬
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري‬.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‬
.‫آراﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﻼﻃﻢ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ‬3-1-3-6
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮض‬
:‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون اﺳﺖ‬100 ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﻄﺮه‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
L HI
(Eq. 3)  (3 ‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ‬
Vh U t
b) Construction
Typical construction of horizontal liquid-liquid
separator, are shown in Appendix F, Figs. F.2
and F.3.
6.3.2 Crude oil separator
6.3.2.1 Process design of crude oil separator shall
be in accordance with requirements and criteria
setforth in IPS-E-PR-880 and the followings:
a) Sizing
a.1) In three-phase separators the following
main functions should be considered:
i) Provision of enough residence time
for the liquid so that degassing can
occur.
ii) Provision of enough free cross
sectional area above the liquid so that
the gas velocity is low enough to
allow liquid particles to be separated.
iii) Provision of enough residence time
for the liquid/liquid separation to
occur.
a.2) A separator should be either liquid or
gas controlling, the gas/oil ratio will
determine which. Liquid residence time for
a two-phase separator will depend on the
rate of vapor break out from the liquid.
In this regard the following is
recommended:
Minimum for light gravity crudes 1 mins.
(greater than 35 API)
20-30 °API 1 to 2 mins.
10-20 °API 2 to 4 mins.
a.3) When degassing water a residence time
of only 1 minute is required. Residence time
for a three phase separators are generally as
follows:
28
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ب ( ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
(‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻓﻘﻲ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬3-‫ و و‬2-‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم‬2-3-6
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬1-2-3-6
‫ و ﻣﻮارد‬IPS-E-PR-880 ‫ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺪرج در‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ(ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎزي‬1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
:‫ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ زﻳﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫( ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ‬i
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫( ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺒﻮري آزاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬ii
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﺎز آﻧﻘﺪر ﻛﻢ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
.‫اﺟﺎزه ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫( ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم‬iii
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬/‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﻜﻲ از دو ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺖ آن را‬/‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﻓﺎزي‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧﺮوج ﺑﺨﺎر از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
:‫در اﻳﻦ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬1 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎم ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
(35 API ‫)ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 20-30 API
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬4 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2 10-20 API
‫( ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ از آب ﻓﻘﻂ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ‬3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻪ‬.‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺎزي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
Oil Gravities Minutes ( Typical )
Above 35 API 3 to 5
Below 35 API
37.8 + º C ( 100+F ) 5 to 10
26.7 + º C ( 80 +F ) 10 to 20
15.6 + º C ( 60+F ) 20 to 30
This can be more depending on inlet
temperature, API gravity, inlet oil quality,
and final oil quality required.
a.4) Special considerations
- Special considerations should be given
to the sizing of separators under the
following conditions:
- Degassing of very light > 40 API dry
oil.
- Degassing and dehydration of waxy
crude.
- Handling of foaming crude.
b) Other special separators
- Free water knock outs are usually
specified downstream of the degassing or
first stage separator. They are normally
employed to remove large amounts of
water from oil streams i.e., 70% to 90%
water.
The free water knock out is essentially a
separator for which the sizing is
completely controlled by liquid/liquid
separation rather than gas.
The inlet fluid enters and impinges on an
inlet diverter as with a standard separator.
c) Free water knock-out special
considerations
- The free water knock-out, as its name
implies, is designed to remove free water,
not emulsions from oil.
The use of demulsifying chemicals is
29
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
(‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺮم ﻧﻔﺖ‬
5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 35 API ‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
35 API ‫زﻳﺮ‬
10 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 (100 º F) 37/8º C‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10 (80 º F) 26/7º C‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
30 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20 (60 º F) 15/6º C‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ‬،API ‫ درﺟﻪ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي ورودي‬
.‫ورودي و ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻻزم ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
‫( ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت وﻳﮋه‬4-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ در‬-
:‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ وﻳﮋهاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.40 API < ‫ ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﻲ آب ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺒﻚ‬-
.‫ ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ و ﻧﻢ زداﻳﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﻣﻮﻣﻲ‬-
.‫ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﻛﻒزا‬-
‫ب ( ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ‬-
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اول ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎد‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ آب ﺑﻜﺎر‬90 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬70 ‫آب از ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد در اﺻﻞ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه آن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ در ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺎز‬/‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺎل ﭘﺲ از ورود ﺑﻪ‬،‫در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺤﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت وﻳﮋه ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ از اﺳﻤﺶ‬-
‫ﭘﻴﺪاﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف آب آزاد و ﻧﻪ اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن از‬
.‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺷﻜﻦ اﻏﻠﺐ ﻳﻚ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
usually a must to aid with separation, and
even then outlet quality depends on the
extent and tightness of the emulsion.
- As a guide, the following typical outlet
ppm qualities of oil in water and water in
oil emulsions will give an indication of
achievable separation (see IPS-E-PR-700,
"Process Design of Crude Oil
Electrostatic Desalters"):
Oil in Water Emulsion
Heavy crude , < 30 API -150 ppm
outlet
Medium crude, 30 API to 45 API -100
ppm outlet
Light crude, > 45 API - 50 ppm outlet
Water in Oil Emulsion
Heavy crude, < 30 API -5.6%
Medium crude, 30 API to 45 API -3.5%
Light crude, > 45 API -2.3%
- The FWKO is usually sized on a residence
time between 15 and 30 minutes.
7. VESSELS AND REACTORS
7.1 General
7.1.1 The process design requirements, criteria
and philosophy of vessels and reactors are covered
to some extent in the IPS-E-PR-880, IPS-E-PR-
895 and under Section 6 of this Standard
Specification relating to different horizontal and
vertical separation vessels but subject to their
accomplishment as setforth in the scope. So, under
this Section 7, the intention is made to cover the
process design specification, requirement and
criteria for pressure vessels, used widely in OGP
production plants.
7.1.2 For mechanical design of towers, reactors,
pressure vessels and internals reference is made to
Engineering and Material Standard IPS-G-ME-
150, "Towers, Reactors, Pressure Vessels &
Internals".
30
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫اﻟﺰام ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اﺳﺖ و ﺣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري و ﮔﺴﺘﺮه اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن‬
.‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ زﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬-
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي‬،‫از اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن ﻧﻔﺖ در آب و آب در ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫از ﺟﺪاﺳـﺎزي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس را ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
‫ " ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻚ‬IPS-E-PR-700)
:(‫زداﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم" را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن ﻧﻔﺖ در آب‬
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- 30API > ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
ppm150
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬- 40API ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30API ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
. ppm100 ‫از‬
ppm 50 ‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- 40API < ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮن آب در ﻧﻔﺖ‬
%5/6 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- 30API <‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
%3/5 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- 45API ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30API ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
%2/3 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- 45 < ‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
30 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬15 ‫ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ آب آزاد اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬-
.‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف و رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬-7
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻓﻠﺴﻔﻪ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬1-1-7
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‬IPS-E-PR-895 ‫ و‬IPS-E-PR-880 ‫ﺣﺪي در‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬6 ‫اﺳﺖ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در داﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺪف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،7 ‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﺷﺎن ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﮔﺎز و‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﮔﺴﺘﺮده در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬2-1-7
IPS-G- ‫ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ وﻣﻮاد‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاء‬،‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ "ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬ME-150
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ" ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
7.2 Code, Regulations and Standards
7.2.1 All design and construction shall be in
accordance with the latest edition of ASME
Section VIII, Division 1, "Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code".
7.2.2 Those pressure vessels as required by the
Purchaser shall be inspected and "U" stamped in
accordance with ASME Code and also in
accordance with other applicable Codes subject to
Company’s approval. Applicable Registry
Certificates shall be provided for each vessel.
7.2.3 Where applicable, the requirement, criteria
and design specification of Engineering Standard,
IPS-E-PR-360, "Process Design of Liquid and Gas
Transfer and Storage" should be considered.
7.2.4 In all cases where more than one code or
standard applies to the same conditions, the most
stringent shall be followed.
7.3 Design
7.3.1 Design pressure
The design pressure is the maximum and / or
minimum pressure for which the mechanical
calculation shall be performed. The operating
pressure is defined as the maximum anticipated
normal operating pressure.
The design pressure shall be established according
to the following criteria except in special cases
approved by the Company. In addition, where,
process fluid static head or other appropriate loads
significantly increase the internal pressure, the
design pressure shall be increased accordingly for
the vessel section concerned.
A) For maximum normal operating pressure less
than 1.5 barg (except item “H” below):
Whichever is greater:
- 3.5 bar gage, or
- Flare design pressure if the vessel is
connected to flare.
B) For maximum normal operating pressures
between 1.5 and 20 barg , use the maximum
normal operating gage pressure +2 bar .
31
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺮرات و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬، ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬2-7
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬1-2-7
‫ "آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻇﺮف‬ASME SEC VIII ‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎري ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬2-2-7
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ASME ‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬.‫" زده ﺷﻮد‬U" ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻨﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻬﺮ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﺟﺮا‬3-2-7
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ " ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬IPS-E-PR-360
.‫و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﮔﺎز" در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-2-7
‫ ﺳﺨﺖﮔﻴﺮاﻧﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل اﺳﺖ‬
.‫دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬3-7
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-3-7
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت‬/‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آن اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬.‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎي ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر‬1/5 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺑﻨﺪ )ح( زﻳﺮ( ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ‬3/5 -
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ وﺻﻞ‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬ -
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/5 ‫ب ( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬2 ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
C) For maximum normal operating pressures
between 20 and 80 barg , use 110% of the
maximum normal operating gage pressure .
D) For maximum normal operating pressures
between 80 and 140 barg , use the
maximum normal operating gage pressure
+8 bar (see Note 2).
E) For maximum normal operating pressures
above 140 barg , use the maximum normal
operating gage pressure + 5% (see Note 2 ).
F) Equipment normally operated under vacuum
shall be designed for full vacuum and for
the highest pressure which the equipment
can experience in case of vacuum system
failure, (see Note 3).
Full vacuum shall be specified for isolable
equipment containing fluid having a vapor
pressure lower than atmospheric pressure at
ambient temperature.
For equipment operated under vacuum,
minimum internal pressure shall be 3.5 barg.
For vacuum rating designation, pressure
shall be noted as external.
G) For vessels operating under atmospheric
pressure, use hydrostatic (water) pressure +
50 mm Water column (see Note 4) .
H) For atmospheric storage vessels/tanks
operated under blanketed gas:
- For seal pressure lower than 100 mm of
H2O tank design pressure shall be
hydrostatic Pressure considering the
tank full of liquid plus 150 mm of H2O,
- For seal pressure not higher than 400
mm of H2O, tank design pressure shall
be according to API 620.
Notes:
The following design notes shall be taken into
consideration for establishing design pressure:
1) In case of equipment connected in series,
without block valves in between, the
design pressure for the upstream
32
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﺑﺎر‬80 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20 ‫ج ( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي‬110 ‫ از‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎر‬140 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬80 ‫د( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ ﺑﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد )ﻳﺎدآوري‬8 ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر‬140 ‫ﻫ( ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬2 ‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد)ﻳﺎدآوري‬5 ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫و( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻼء اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬3 ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎوي ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ در‬
.‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3/5 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻼء‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ز ( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ از ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع آب‬50 ‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎي آب ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬4 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد )ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه اﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮﻳﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬/‫ح( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬
:‫ﮔﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ آب‬100 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺸﺎر آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ -
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎي آب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ آب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬150 ‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﭘﺮ از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ آب‬400 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺸﺎر آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬ -
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬API 620 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد‬،‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﺮي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬ (1
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻻدﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫در ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
equipment shall be the same as the design
pressure for the downstream equipment
(equipped with safety valve) increased by
120% of the pressure drop foreseen
between the two equipment, under safety
valve discharge accordingly.
2) When design pressure lower than 110%
max. operating pressure is specified,
safety valves blow down shall be
selected accordingly .
3) Design for vacuum :
a) Steam drums shall be designed for
full vacuum conditions.
b) Vacuum design conditions shall not be
required as consequence of equipment
block-in after steam out operation.
However, vacuum conditions shall be
studied during start-up, shut-down and
regeneration and shall be considered
for equipment design where
applicable.
c) Due consideration shall be taken to
establish external design pressure
for vessels subject to internal
pressure but connected to the
suction of compressor or other
evacuating equipment .
d) Exchangers operating under a
vacuum shall be designed for full
vacuum.
e) Low pressure vessels that may be
affected by decreasing in ambient
temperature shall be designed for
such vacuum conditions. As an
example, main column overhead
receivers which are operating at low
pressure and receive feed from air
cooled exchanger.
f) Vacuum design shall be specified
for vessels which normally operate
liquid full and can be blocked in and
cooled down.
g) Vacuum design shall be specified
for fractionators and associated
equipment that can undergo a
vacuum condition through the loss
of heat input.
33
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ )ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﻴﺶ‬120 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ دوﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬110 ‫( زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬2
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺎس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
:‫( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻼ‬3
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ب ( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻼء ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭘﻴﺎﻣﺪ اﻧﺴﺪاد‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﭘﺲ از ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و اﺣﻴﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻃﻮل راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ج( ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻓﺸﺎر دروﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
.‫وﺻﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫د( ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( ﻇﺮوف ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬.‫ﭼﻨﺎن ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻼء ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺑﺮج‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ و ﺧﻮراك ﺧﻮد را‬
.‫از ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﻮا ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻦ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫و( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﭘﺮ از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺮد‬
.‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ز( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻛﻪ در اﺛﺮ از دﺳﺖ دادن ﮔﺮﻣﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻼء ﻣﻴﺮﺳﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
4) Same criteria is applied for the design of
atmospheric storage tanks (without gas
blanketing).
5) The set pressure of the relief valve must
be lower than or equal to the equipment
design pressure.
6) In case of fractionators and towers:
- Design pressure of the main column
and connected side strippers shall be
calculated based on the column bottom
maximum normal operating pressure.
- Bottom maximum normal operating
pressure shall include allowance for
hydrostatic head (HHL Level) and
pressure drop across trays and / or
internals.
- Design pressure of the overhead
condenser and reflux drum shall be
calculated based on the column top
maximum normal operating pressure.
- Design pressure of the bottom reboiler
shall be calculated based on the
column bottom maximum normal
operating pressure plus static head.
7.3.2 Design temperature
a) Unless otherwise specified by the Company
for special cases, equipment design
temperature shall be established according
to the following criteria:
34
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه‬ ( 4
.‫آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮﻳﻚ )ﺑﺪون ﮔﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ( ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺑﺎ‬5
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫( در ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬6
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮج اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬ -
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬ -
‫ﻟﺤﺎظ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻳﺴﺘﺎي آب )ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰا داﺧﻠﻲ‬/‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ( و اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و ﻇﺮف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ -
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
.‫ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺮج ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬ -
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج ﺑﻪ‬
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-3-7
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ﺣﺎﻻت وﻳﮋه‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Operating Temperature(OT) Design Temperature (DT), Min./ Max.

(OT) ‫دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬/‫( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬DT) ‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
 Less than – 100 ºC - Min . oper . temp ./ 85 ºC min.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬-100 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬- ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬85 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬/‫ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-

 Between – 40 ºC and –100 ºC - 100 ºC/85 ºC min.

‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬-100 ‫ و‬-40 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬- ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬85 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬/ -100 -

 Between – 30 ºC and – 39 ºC - 45 ºC/85 ºC min.

‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬-39 ‫ و‬-30 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬- ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬85/ -45 -

 Between – 29 ºC and +60 ºC - Min. oper. temp. /85 ºC

‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬+60 ‫ و‬-29 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬- ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬85/‫ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-

 Between + 60 ºC and 343 ºC - Max. oper. temp. +25 ºC

‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬+343 ‫ و‬+60 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬- ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬25 + ‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬-

 Above 343 ºC - To be specified according to the selected

‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬343 ‫ ﺑﺎﻻي‬- material and process requirement .
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬-

b) The design temperature is
determined for the maximum
temperature coincident with the
design pressure as determined above.
Indicate any higher temperatures as
alternate design conditions.
c) The overhead receivers and relevant
pumps casing shall be designed for
operating temperature plus 25 ºC or
the overhead maximum operating
temperature of upstream columns,
whichever is greater.
d) Columns with fired feed heater with /
without side cut strippers in the zone
between the drawoff trays of two
adjacent side cuts, the design
temperature shall be the drawoff
temperature of the heavier side cut
plus 25 ºC. In the zone between the
heaviest side cut drawoff tray and the
bottom of the column, the design
temperature shall be the flash zone
temperature plus 25 ºC.
e) For the fractionators with reboiler,
the design temperature shall be the
reboiler return temperature plus 25
ºC.
7.3.3 Purging equipment with steam
For equipment subject to steam purging at
start-up or shut-down, indication shall be
given on the specification sheet.
‫ب( دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬.‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ج( درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬25 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
.‫ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪون‬/‫د( ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﻌﻞ دار ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﻛﻨﺎري در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ دوﺑﺮش ﻛﻨﺎري ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ ﺑﺮش ﻛﻨﺎري ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬
‫ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25 ‫ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ ﺑﺮش ﻛﻨﺎري ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﻫ ( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬
25 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﺎز ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر‬3-3-7
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺎز زداﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر در راه اﻧﺪازي ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪان اﺷﺎره ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬

35
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
7.4 Corrosion
7.4.1 The minimum corrosion allowance
shall be 1.6 mm for sweet service and 3.2
mm for sour service, unless specified
otherwise.
7.4.2 No corrosion allowance shall be
provided in high alloy vessels.
7.4.3 Unless otherwise specified, vessel
corrosion allowance shall be provided to all
exposed surfaces of nonremovable internal
parts and half this amount to surface of
removable parts (except demister wire,
column packing, etc.).
7.5 Design Load
7.5.1 Loadings
Loadings to be considered in designing a
vessel shall be per the ASME Code Section
VIII and shall include cyclic conditions and
erection loadings.
7.5.2 Additional loadings
Vessels containing circulating suspensions
of solids in fluids (fluid-solids processes)
shall be subjected to additional horizontal
loadings.
7.5.3 During erection, start-up, or
operation
During erection, start-up, or operation, all
applicable loads shall be considered as
acting simultaneously, including either
wind or earthquake, whichever governs.
7.5.4 During hydrostatic testing
During hydrostatic testing, wind load (wind
pressure) equivalent to 58 km/h (16 m/s)
wind speed shall be considered acting
simultaneously with the hydrostatic test
load.
7.6 Materials
7.6.1 Materials shall be per ASME Code
Section VIII or as specified on the Vessel
Data Sheet. Proposals to use any other
materials shall be submitted to purchaser
for approval by Owner’s Engineer.
7.6.2 Material production shall be by the
36
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬4-7
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-4-7
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ‬3/2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1/6
.‫ﻏﻴﺮ از آن ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﭘﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬2-4-7
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬3-4-7
‫ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي اﺟﺰاء‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﺼﻒ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.(‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﺮج و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺳﻴﻢ ذره ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬5-7
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاريﻫﺎ‬1-5-7
‫ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻮده و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬ASME SEC VIII ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﺎوﺑﻲ و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬2-5-7
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺣﺎوي ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ در ﺳﻴﺎﻟﻬﺎ )ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﺟﺎﻣﺪات( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎر اﻓﻘﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬،‫ در ﻃﻮل ﻧﺼﺐ‬3-5-7
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬،‫ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل در ﻃﻮل ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن‬
.‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪرواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬4-5-7
‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎد( ﻣﻌﺎدل‬،‫در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪرواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬16) ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬58 ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻴﺪرواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬6-7
ASME Section ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬1-6-7
‫ ﻳﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻇﺮف ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬VIII
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﻮره اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬2-6-7
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
electric furnace, basic oxygen, or open
hearth processes.
7.6.3 Proposals to use materials having a
specified maximum tensile strength greater
than 620 MPa at room temperature shall be
submitted to purchaser for approval by the
Company.
7.6.4 For vessels in hydrogen service,
external welded attachments, and at least a
450 mm course of all skirts, shall be of the
same nominal chemistry as the material
used for the vessel. Proposals to use
alternative materials shall be submitted to
purchaser for approval by the Company.
7.6.5 All carbon steel and low alloy
material used in sour service shall comply
with, but not be limited to the requirements
of NACE Standard MR0103, MR0175/ISO
15156-3 CIR 2.
7.7 Documentation
A manufacturer’s data report shall be
furnished, and shall contain the same
information as required by form U-1 of the
ASME Code Section VIII, Division 1. If
the vessel is constructed for use at a
location where the ASME Code is not
mandatory (if approved by the Company),
it shall be noted on the form that the vessel
does not carry an ASME Code symbol.
7.8 Internals
7.8.1 All gas scrubbers, contactors and
separators shall be provided with 316
Stainless Steel wire mesh mist eliminator
(s) of 150 mm minimum thickness,
adequately supported and fastened to
prevent displacement under surge
conditions.
7.8.2 All demister pads shall be fabricated
in sections to permit their removal through
manways, where applicable.
7.8.3 The following criteria should be
considered in vessels, tower’s internal
design:
a) The minimum thickness of
removable tray plates shall be 2
mm. Any corrosion allowance
37
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
.‫اﻛﺴﻴﮋن ﻳﺎ آﺗﺸﺪان روﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬3-6-7
‫ ﻣﮕﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق‬620 ‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺬ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﻴﺪروژن‬4-6-7
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از داﻣﻦ‬450 ‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮن ﻣﺎده ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺬ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺎده و ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬5-6-7
‫در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺗﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
MR0103, MR0175/ISO 15156-3 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬NACE
.‫ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬CIR 2
‫ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي‬7-7
‫ﮔﺰارش اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎوي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬
ASME ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬U-1 ‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻣﺜﻞ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮم‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬Section VIII
‫ اﺟﺒﺎري ﻧﻴﺴﺖ )اﮔﺮ‬ASME ‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﺮم ﻳﺎدآوري ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬ASME ‫ﻇﺮف از ﻋﻼﺋﻢ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬8-7
‫ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺗﻤﺎس و‬،‫ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز‬1-8-7
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻦ)ﻫﺎي( ﻗﻄﺮات ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬316 ‫زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬2-8-7
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ از درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮوف و‬3-8-7
:‫اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
specified for the tray parts under
consideration shall be added to this
thickness. Active devices may be
less than 2 mm thick for process
reasons.
b) Each tray shall be designed for an
upward pressure differential and
shall be specified in the data sheet.
c) Valve type proprietary tray designs
shall have been tested by
Fractional Research Incorporated
and shall be of a type approved by
the Company.
Trays with the capped perforated
areas are not acceptable.
d) Thickness
d.1) Minimum thickness for 13 Cr.
Monel and 18/8 Stainless Steel
assemblies shall be as follows:
Tray and related components
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
Support ring, Downcomer bars and Parts
welded to vessel
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺎودان ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه‬
Other Parts
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
d.2) Minimum thickness for Carbon
Steel assemblies shall be as follows:
Tray and related components
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
Support rings, Downcomer bars and Parts
welded to vessel
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺎودان و ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه‬
Other Parts
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ‬
38
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﻪ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ب ( ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ج ( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺮدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫( آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه و‬FRI) ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
.‫ﻧﻮع آن ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻮراخدار ﻛﻼﻫﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫د ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
،‫ ﻛﺮم‬13 ‫( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺑﺮاي آﻟﻴﺎژ‬1-‫د‬
:‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬18/8 ‫ﻣﻮﻧﻞ و ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
2 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2
6 mm when alloy 10 mm
when Carbon Steel
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ‬10 ،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ‬6
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺎده‬
3 mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬3
‫( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬2-‫د‬
:‫ﺳﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2 mm
10 mm
3 mm
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
e) Corrosion Allowance
e.1) No corrosion allowance is
required for Monel or Stainless Steel
assemblies.
e.2) The corrosion allowance for all
surfaces of floor beams trusses or other
support members of Carbon Steel
assemblies shall be 1 mm minimum.
f) Loading
f.1) The design live load for tray
assemblies at operating temperatures
shall be based on a liquid height of
50 mm above weirs at a density of
800 kg/m³, with a minimum of 100
kg per square meter. For areas under
downcomers design live load shall
be 100 kg per square meter.
f.2) For maintenance purposes, all
assemblies shall be designed for a
concentrated load of 135 kg at any
point.
7.8.4 Trays in columns 900 mm inside
diameter and greater shall incorporate
manways.
7.8.5 All internal manways shall be
designed to be opened from either side of
the tray and shall be gasketed to prevent
leakage of liquids.
7.8.6 Tray spacing is recommended to be
610 mm.
7.8.7 Trays shall be bolted to support rings
and not welded to the vessel wall and shall
be in bolted sections to facilitate their
removal through vessel manways.
7.8.8 For columns less than 900 mm inside
diameter, cartridge trays shall be employed
and vessel break flanges shall be provided
to facilitate tray package removal.
7.8.9 Impingement plates attached to shell
or baffles shall be provided where severe
erosion may occur, such as opposite inlet
connections. These and all internal
supports shall be attached with full fillet
seal welds.
39
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﻫ ( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬1 ‫ﻫ ـ‬
.‫ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻴﺮ ﺧﺮﭘﺎي‬2 ‫ﻫ ـ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺎده‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫و ( ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري‬
‫( ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬1-‫و‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ‬50 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
100 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬800 ‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﻧﺎودان ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬100 ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر‬،‫( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬2-‫و‬
.‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬135 ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬900 ‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-8-7
.‫و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬5-8-7
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ دار ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬610 ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬6-8-7
‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬7-8-7
‫دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ از درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬900 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬8-8-7
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬9-8-7
،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي اﺟﺰاء‬.‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ورودي‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮش ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
7.8.10 Vortex breakers shall be provided
on liquid bottom outlet nozzles from
vessels as follows:
a) Pump suction connection;
b) Vessels where two liquid phases may
be present.
7.9 Miscellaneous Requirements
7.9.1 All nozzles except process nozzles
over DN 40 (1-½") shall be flanged.
Process nozzles' size shall be minimum DN
25 (1") and all connections shall be
flanged. Connections DN 40 (1-½") and
smaller may be made with forged steel
couplings. Such connections shall be
limited to vessels for which the design
pressure and temperature is less than 42
bar(ga) (600 psig) and 232°C (450°F)
respectively. Couplings shall be 420
bar(ga) (6000 psig) rating for DN 40 (1-
½") and smaller connections. Couplings
shall not be used in lined portions of alloy
lined vessels, on bottom heads of vertical
vessels. Threaded fittings or tapped holes
are not permitted. The minimum size of
nozzles shall be DN 25 (1"), except that for
alloy lined nozzles the minimum size is DN
40 (1-½"). For vessels in hydrogen service
minimum size connection shall be DN 25
(1") and all connections shall be flanged.
7.9.2 All vessels 900 mm inside diameter
(ID) or greater shall be provided with at
least one 508 mm inside diameter manhole
opening. Davits or hinges shall be provided
for handling manhole covers.
7.9.3 Vessels less than 900 mm inside
diameter shall be provided with two 168.3
mm outside diameter (OD) hand holes
unless otherwise specified.
7.9.4 Vessel vents, drains and steam out
nozzles shall be independent of the normal
process flow lines and shall be in
accordance with the following criteria:
40
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در‬10-8-7
:‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺶ ﭘﻤﭗ؛‬
‫ب ( ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دوﻓﺎز ﻣﺎﻳﻊ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ‬9-7
DN 40 ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻻي‬1-9-7
1
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1 )
2
.‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( و ﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) DN 25 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
1
‫اﻳﻨﭻ( و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬1 ) DN 40 ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
2
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
600) ‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬42 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( دارﻧﺪ‬450) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬232 ‫ ( و‬psig
‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬420‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
1
‫اﻳﻨﭻ( و‬1 ) DN 40 ‫ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ‬6000 psig)
2
‫ در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي‬.‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آﺳﺘﺮ دار آﻟﻴﺎژي در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ آﺳﺘﺮ دار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫( ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬tap)‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رزوهاي ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراخ‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي‬،‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) DN 25 ‫اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
1
.‫اﻳﻨﭻ( دارﻧﺪ‬1 ) DN 40 ‫آﺳﺘﺮدار آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه‬
2
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) DN 25
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و‬900 (ID) ‫ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-9-7
508 ‫ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ در‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬900 ‫ در ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬3-9-7
168/3 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو درﻳﭽﻪ دﺳﺖ رو ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ از آن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ و ﻧﺎزل‬،‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا‬4-9-7
‫ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ از ﺧﻄﻮط ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻮده و‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Vessel Volume (m3)

Vent size Drain size Steam-out Nozzle
and ID (mm)
‫اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا‬ ‫اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ‬
(‫( و ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬m3) ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻇﺮف‬

V<45, D<1200 DN 40 (1½”) DN 40 (1½”) DN 25 (1”)

45<V<75, 1200<D<2500 DN 50 (2”) DN 50 (2”) DN 40 (1½”)
45<V<75, 2500<D<3500 DN 80 (3”) DN 80 (3”) DN 40 (1½”)
45<V<75, 3500<D<4500 DN 100 (4”) DN 80 (3”) DN 50 (2”)
75<V<220, 4500<D<6000 DN 100 (4”) DN 80 (3”) DN 80 (3”)
220<V<420, D>6000 DN 100 (4”) DN 100 (4”) DN 80 (3”)
V>420, D>6000 DN 150 (6”) DN 100 (4”) DN 100 (4”)

Drain connections shall be flushed with the .‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
bottom of the vessel. These and internal ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻔﻮﻧﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
siphon drains shall as a minimum be
Schedule 160 pipe. .‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬160 schedule ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬

7.9.5 Provide one(1) manway in single
cross-flow trays, two(2) manways in
double cross-flow trays, removable from
above and below. Manways shall be as
close to tray centerline as possible and as
nearly aligned as practicable.
‫( درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو در ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬1)‫ ﻳﻚ‬5-9-7
‫( درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو در ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬2)‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ و دو‬
.‫دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻮده ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

7.9.6 All trays are equipped with one
manway top and bottom removable for
each liquid flow as per 7.9.5 above, except
where the free space between tray and
beams are less than 400 mm. In this case
manways are to be provided on both sides
of beams.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬6-9-7
‫ ﺑﺎﻻ‬5-9-7 ‫از ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﻴﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو در ﻫﺮ‬400 ‫از‬
.‫دو ﻃﺮف ﺗﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬

7.9.7 Specification sheets of reactors shall ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود‬،‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎوي‬7-9-7
contain but not be limited to, the following :‫ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
information:

a) Capacity. ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ؛‬

b) Space velocity (normal and design ‫ب ( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬
conditions).

c) Conversion per pass (normal and ‫ج ( ﻣﻴﺰان ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ در ﻫﺮ ﻋﺒﻮر )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬
design conditions).

d) Design-temperature and pressure. ‫د ( دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛‬

e) Recycling (normal and design ‫ﻫ ( ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬

conditions).

f) Reactor pressure drop (SOR & EOR). ‫ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن دوره(؛‬،‫و ( اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر رآﻛﺘﻮر )ﺷﺮوع دوره‬

g) Reactor bed design and bed life. ‫ز ( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ رآﻛﺘﻮر و ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ؛‬

41

h) Catalyst and it’s characteristics.
i) Reactor inlet & outlet conditions
(normal and design conditions).
j) Reactor bed temperature profile, etc.
(normal and design conditions).
k) Reactor lining.
l) Corrosion allowance.
m) Process fluid complete physical
properties (normal and design
conditions).
n) Operating and design conditions.
o) Stress relieving and insulation.
p) Materials of construction.
q) Stress relieving.
r) Insulation requirements.
s) Type of trays.
t) Tray numbers and details
columns.
u) Pedestal height.
v) Details of special internals such as
pans, distributors, etc.
w) Mist eliminators, supports, mesh or
packing, etc
x) Basic recommendation for spares for
commissioning and 2 years
operation.
y) Instrumentation requirements.
7.9.8 Internals for fixed bed reactors
7.9.8.1 Table G.1 of Appendix G lists the
basic practices and standards which may be
used as an acceptable typical material for
fixed bed reactor internals.
7.9.8.2 Design requirements are as follows:
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ح ( ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت آن؛‬
‫ط ( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ورودي و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ رآﻛﺘﻮر )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬
‫ي ( ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﺮ رآﻛﺘﻮر و ﻏﻴﺮه )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬
‫ك ( آﺳﺘﺮي رآﻛﺘﻮر؛‬
‫ل ( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز؛‬
‫م ( ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ )ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي و‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ(؛‬
‫ن ( ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛‬
‫س ( ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ و ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪي؛‬
،‫ع ( ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ف ( ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ؛‬
‫ص ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻨﺪي؛‬
‫ق ( ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ؛‬
for ‫ر ( ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ؛‬
‫ش ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ؛‬
‫ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬،‫ت ( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ وﻳﮋه از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬
‫ ﺗﻮري ﻳﺎ آﻛﻨﺪه و‬،‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ث ( ﺣﺬف ﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه؛‬
-‫خ ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫــﺎي اوﻟﻴــﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮازم ﻳﺪﻛـﻲ ﺑﺮاي راه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ؛‬2 ‫اﻧﺪازي و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ذ ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ادوات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ؛‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬8-9-7
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ از اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت‬،(‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز‬1-‫ ﺟﺪول ز‬1-8-9-7
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ رآﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬2-8-9-7
42
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
a) Vessel internals which contribute to
the total reactor height shall be
designed for minimum height.
Similar parts shall be interchangeable
where possible.
b) All internals, except shrouds, shall be
removable with vertical thermowells
in place, and shall be designed to
pass through the nearest manhole
above their level.
c) All removable internals shall be
designed to permit installation and
removal from the top side.
d) Screens shall be attached on top of
grids and catalyst support hardware
to prevent inerts and catalyst from:
1) Falling through holes or slot
openings.
2) Blocking clearances in support
hardware that are required for
thermal expansion.
7.9.8.3 Loads are as below:
a) Reactor internals shall be designed to
support their own mass plus specified
design live loads. For trays and
decks, this design shall be based on a
corroded thickness of 1.5 mm.
b) Maximum deviation from the
horizontal for liquid distributor trays
under loaded conditions shall not
exceed 1/900 of the reactor diameter.
c) Maintenance loads
Support members as defined in Table
G.3 of Appendix G shall be designed
for a concentrated live load of 135 kg
at any point based on the allowable
stress. This design shall be based on
the corroded thickness of the support
members; i.e., total thickness
excluding corrosion allowance.
43
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫اﻟﻒ( اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎع رآﻛﺘﻮر‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ب ( ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﭘﻴﺮاﻣﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺒﻮر از‬،‫ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚﺗﺮﻳﻦ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﺎن‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ از ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫د ( ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺮوز ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬
:‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ و ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫( اﻓﺘﺎدن از ﻣﻴﺎن ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﻜﺎف‬1
‫( اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ در ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ‬2
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬3-8-9-7
‫اﻟﻒ( اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ رآﻛﺘﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ وزن‬
‫ﺧﻮدﺷﺎن ﺑﻌﻼوه ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و ﺳﻄﻮح‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1/5 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮرده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ب ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
1
.‫ﻗﻄﺮ رآﻛﺘﻮر ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬ ‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎردار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
900
‫ج ( ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬3-‫اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺟﺪول ز‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم در ﻫﺮ‬135 ‫)ز( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ زﻧﺪه‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻮرده ﺷﺪه اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
7.9.8.4 Minimum metal thickness and
corrosion allowance as:
a) For internals fabricated from sheet,
plate, or strip; and for internal piping,
the minimum acceptable total metal
thickness (including corrosion
allowance) is given in Table G.2 of
Appendix G for the specified Corrosion
Design Category and Vessel Shell
Corrosion Allowance (or Metal Lining
or Cladding Thickness). Unless
otherwise specified, Corrosion Design
Category "10 yr" shall be used.
b) Supporting members formed as an
integral part of the tray deck shall
have the same total thickness as the
tray.
c) The Total Corrosion Allowance
(TCA) to be added to the design
thickness of support members (major
beams, supporting, etc.) is given in
Table G.3 of Appendix G for the
specified Corrosion Design Category
and Vessel Shell Corrosion
Allowance (or Metal Lining or
Cladding Thickness).
7.9.8.5 Distributor trays, quench decks,
splash decks, and bed support grids as:
a) The nominal diameter of trays, decks,
and grids shall be determined to the
nearest 5 mm (¼ inch) per the
following:
Diameter = Vessel ID - [1% Vessel ID + 19 mm (¾ inch)]
3
((‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬ ) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬19 + ‫درﺻﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف‬1) – ‫ﻗﻄﺮ = ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف‬
4
b) A minimum of 19 mm (¾ inch) overlap
under the most adverse operating
conditions shall be provided between
the support ring and the OD of trays,
decks, and grids.
c) Bolt hole spacing around the edge of
tray, deck, or grid sections shall not
exceed 177 mm.
44
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
:‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ و ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬4-8-9-7
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ورق‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫و ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
2-‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﻓﻠﺰ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز( در ﺟﺪول ز‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز( ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺘﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ وﻳﮋه ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ و‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ( ﻇﺮف داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﺳﺎل" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬10" ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ از آن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ب ( اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺰء ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬TCA) ‫ج ( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﻞ‬
(‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه )ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز( ﺑﺮاي‬3-‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺟﺪول ز‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ وﻳﮋه و ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ( داده‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺳﺮد ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬5-8-9-7
‫ﺳﻄﻮح رﻳﺰش و ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬
1
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) اﻳﻨﭻ( ﮔﺮد‬5 ‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎزه‬
4
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
19 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻫﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ب ( در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
3
‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﻗﻄﺮ‬ ) ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
4
.‫ ﺳﻄﻮح و ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ‬,‫ج ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ دور ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬177 ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
d) Access through grids, decks, and
trays shall be provided either by split
construction or by use of manways,
as follows:
1) Manways shall provide a
minimum rectangular opening of
380 × 460 mm except as
provided in Sub-par. d.2.
2) Access through liquid distributor
trays shall be at least 600 mm
wide, and of sufficient length to
permit catalyst leveling and
arrangement of the inert ball
layer at the top of each bed by a
man lying on the tray. Assume a
maximum reach 900 mm from
the edge of any opening.
7.9.8.6 Internal pipes and thermowells
- Thermowells shall be designed to
resist collapse due to pressure in the
fully corroded condition.
- Clearance between thermowell and
thermowell nozzle shall be
minimized.
- Side entering thermowells shall be
structurally supported within the
vessel.
- Internal distribution pipes shall have
flanged and gasketed connections and
shall have their ends blanked.
- Expansion guides shall be provided for
vertical thermowell installation.
- Tray guides shall be provided to
minimize liquid leakage at points
where thermowells or catalyst dump
tubes pass through trays. Highest
Liquid Level (HLL) will be specified.
45
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ و ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح‬،‫د ( دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺠﺰا ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم‬
:‫رو ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ‬2.‫در زﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ د‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬460×380
‫( راه دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﻃﻮل‬600 ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻋﺮض‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ و‬
‫آراﻳﺶ ﻻﻳﻪ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺴﺎن ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪه روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻘﺪور‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬90 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮض اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ از ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﭼﺎﻫﻚﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬6-8-9-7
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬ -
‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﻮرده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﭽﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﺪن‬
.‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و ﻧﺎزل ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬ -
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ورودي از ﻛﻨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬ -
.‫ﺳﺎزه در داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬ -
.‫و ﻻﻳﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﻋﻤﻮدي‬ -
.‫ﻏﻼف ﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬ -
‫ﭼﺎﻫﻜﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ از‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬HLL)‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDICES ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

TABLE A.1 - PERFORMANCE COMPARISON OF VARIOUS SEPARATORS

‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬- 1-‫ﺟﺪول اﻟﻒ‬
KO DRUM WIRE MESH VANE-TYPE VERTICAL FILTER
‫ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬ DEMISTER DEMISTER MULTI- SEPARA-
‫ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮهاي‬ CYCLONE CYCLONE TOR
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬ SEPARA- ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
TOR
Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‬ ‫اﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‬ ‫اﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮدي‬ ‫اﻓﻘﻲ‬
in-line two-stage two-stage ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫در ﺧﻂ‬ ‫دو ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي‬ ‫دو ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي‬
Gas handling max
capacity(  ) Low Low Mod. Mod. High High High V. High V. High Low
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﮔﺎز‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬
turndown (max/min) Inf. Inf. 4 4 3 3 3 2 2 Inf.
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬

(‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬/‫)ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
Liquid removed
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه‬
efficiency overall, %
80 – 90 80 – 90 > 98 > 98 > 96 > 96 > 96 > 96 > 93 > 99
% ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﻛﻠﻲ‬
with respect to fine mist V. Low V. Low High High Low Low Low Low Low V. High
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ذرات رﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد‬

flooding above  max* No No Yes Yes Yes, unless dp vanes are used No Yes Yes
 max * ‫ﻃﻐﻴﺎن ﺑﺎﻻي‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬ dp ‫ﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﺮه‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬
Liquid handling
capacity
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
as slugs High V. High High V. High V. Low High High High Low Low
‫ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻟﺨﺘﻪ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬
as droplets (Qmax) High High High High Low Mod. Mod. High Low Low
(Qmax)‫ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻗﻄﺮات‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬

Fouling tolerance
‫رواداري رﺳﻮب‬
Sand High High Low Low V. Low if dp, Low if Sp Mod. If np. High High High
‫ﺷﻦ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬
Sticky material High High V. Low V. Low np ‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﮔﺮ‬،sp ‫ ﻛﻢ اﮔﺮ‬، dp ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ اﮔﺮ‬ High Low Low
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬
Pressure drop V. Low V. Low Low Low Low Low Low High High V. High
‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻢ‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫زﻳﺎد‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد‬

dp = double-pocket vanes ‫= ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي دو ﺷﻴﺎري‬ dp

sp = single-pocket vanes ‫= ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﺷﻴﺎري‬ sp
np = no-pocket vanes ‫= ﭘﺮه ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﺎر‬ np
Inf. = Infinity ‫= ﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ Inf.
Mod.= Moderate ‫ = ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬Mod.
V. = Very ‫= ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬ V.
* This will cause a sharp decrease in .‫* اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ در ﺑﺎزده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
efficiency.

46
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
APPENDIX B
NATURE OF THE FEED
B.1 Foaming Tendency
For foaming to occur it is necessary for gas
bubbles to be formed, and for the drainage
of the liquid films surrounding the bubbles
to be retarded. Drainage of the films is
slower in highly viscous liquids, but the
chief causes of foaming are surface
properties which are usually unpredictable.
For this reason the foaming tendency is
best judged on the basis of experience of
similar cases. Laboratory tests may also
give an indication of the foaminess of the
system.
Examples of foaming systems are some
crude oils, heavy residues, absorption and
extraction solvents.
Foaming in the separator may lead to carry-
over of liquid (when foam reaches the
gas/liquid separation internal and/or the gas
outlet) or to carry-under of gas. It will also
upset the level control system.
Note that foaming is more likely to be a
problem at high liquid loads, when flow in
the inlet pipe is in the froth or intermittent
flow regimes.
Installation of internals to combat foam is
normally not effective and may even be
counterproductive.
Foaming in the vessel is minimized by
decreasing the downward liquid velocity,
for instance by increasing the diameter of
the separator vessel.
Sometimes an antifoam agent can be
injected to suppress foaming.
B.2 Feeds with Solids, Wax or Coking
Tendency
Sand, rust, scale or other solids present in
the feed will leave the separator together
with the liquid. However, solids will also
settle out in the separator and tend to
accumulate. For this reason care should be
taken with the location of instrument
connections which could become plugged.
47
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺧﻮراك‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻒ‬1-‫ب‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻒ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﮔﺎز ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ رﻳﺰش ﻻﻳﻪ در‬.‫رﻳﺰش ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻃﺮاف ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﺻﻠﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد‬،‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻛﻨﺪﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﺧﻮاص ﺳﻄﺤﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺣﺎﻻت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻒ را در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
.‫اراﺋﻪ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎم‬،‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻒزا‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ و ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﺟﺬب و اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻒ زاﻳﻲ در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬/ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و‬/‫)زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﺑﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ‬.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﺑﺮﺳﺪ( ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﮔﺎز ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ آﺷﻔﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ زاﻳﻲ در ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺎد ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ورودي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻒ زا ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪار اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ زا ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺒﻮده و ﺣﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻧﻴﺰ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻒ زاﻳﻲ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ رو ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دادن ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز‬
‫در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮارد ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺪ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﻛﻒ زاﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮم ﻳﺎ ﻛُﻚ‬،‫ ﺧﻮراك ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات‬2-‫ب‬
‫ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬،‫ رﺳﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﺧﻮراك‬،‫ زﻧﮕﺎر‬،‫ﺷﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺗﺮك ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪات در ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ‬.‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻧﺴﺪاد دارﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
Provision should be made for cleaning the
separator during shutdowns, and if
necessary during operation, by the
installation of a water spray and drain.
When solids are present in the feed,
consideration should be given to reducing
the inlet velocity and adding an "erosion
allowance" of 1-2 mm extra material
thickness to the inlet device (if fitted).
Wax in the feed will be deposited on any
surfaces where the velocities are low. Also,
narrow openings will tend to become
plugged.
Coke will also accumulate on surfaces
where the velocities are low, and will tend
to form on any surfaces which are not
continuously wetted.
Knock-out drums are recommended for
waxy feeds and cyclones for coking feeds.
Multicyclone separators and filter
separators can handle solids as long as they
are not sticky.
Vane pack separators may be used
provided the service is only slightly fouling
and the vane structure is sufficiently open.
Demister mats shall not be used because of
the danger of plugging.
48
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در زﻣﺎن ﺗﻮﻗﻒ و در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز در‬
.‫ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻚ آب و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮراك ﺣﺎوي ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ورودي و اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي "ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز" ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه)اﮔﺮ ﺟﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد( در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ورودي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮم در ﺧﻮراك در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫اﻧﺴﺪاد دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛُﻚ ﻧﻴﺰ در ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد و‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻇﺮوف ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮراك ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮم دار و ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺧﻮراك ﻛُﻚ دار ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات را ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬،‫و ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬،‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺮه اي ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً رﺳﻮب ده و ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﭘﺮه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫از ﺣﺼﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﺴﺪاد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDIX C ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
SIZING OF THE FEED AND OUTLET ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎي ﺧﻮراك و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
NOZZLES

The sizing of the nozzles shall be based on ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
the ACTUAL flow rates (i.e., .(‫)ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
EXCLUDING the appropriate design
margin).

C.1 Feed Inlet Nozzle ‫ ﻧﺎزل ورودي ﺧﻮراك‬1-‫ج‬

The internal nozzle diameter, d1, may be
taken equal to that of the feed pipe, but also
a momentum criterion (dependent on the
inlet device, if any) shall be satisfied:
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك در ﻧﻈﺮ‬d1 ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎزل‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ )ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد( رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ورودي‬

If no inlet device is used: :‫اﮔﺮ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ورودي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد‬

(Eq. C.1)  m. V²m,in  1000 Pa (1-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ج‬

Where: :‫ﻛﻪ‬

 m is mean density of the mixture ‫= ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺧﻮراك‬ m

in the feed pipe

(Eq. C.2) (MG + ML)/(QG + QL); (2-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ج‬

And ‫و‬

Vm,in is velocity of the mixture in the ‫ = ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط در ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬Vm,in

inlet nozzle

(Eq. C.3) (QG + QL)/(  d12 / 4). (3-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ج‬

If a half-open pipe is used as inlet device: :‫اﮔﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ورودي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬

(Eq. C.4)  m. V²m,in  1500 Pa (4-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ج‬

If a specific inlet proprietary device is ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫اﮔــﺮ از وﺳﻴﻠــﻪ ورودي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
used, the respective  m.Vm,in value should .‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬ m Vm,in ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘـﺪار‬
be specified.

C.2 Gas Outlet Nozzle ‫ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬2-‫ج‬

The diameter of the gas outlet nozzle, d2, ‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬d2 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
should normally be taken equal to that of
the outlet pipe, but the following criterion
:‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
shall be satisfied:

(Eq. C.5)  G. V²G,out  3750 Pa (5-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ ج‬

In High Vacuum Units where a ‫در واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺧﻼء زﻳﺎد ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
precondenser is used in overhead systems,

49
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
this criterion may result in a high outlet
velocity, leading to a pressure drop which
is too high.
In that case it is recommended to size the
gas outlet nozzle such that the pressure
drop requirements between column and
downstream system are met.
C.3 Liquid Outlet Nozzle
The diameter of the liquid outlet nozzle, d3,
shall be chosen such that the liquid velocity
does not exceed 1 m/s. The minimum
diameter is 0.05 m (2 inch). The nozzle
shall be equipped with a vortex breaker.
50
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬،‫در آن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺎز ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮج و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬3-‫ج‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎن ﻣﻘﺪاري اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬،d3 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬1 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از‬
‫ ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬.‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2) ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ‬0/05
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDIX D ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
DESIGN MARGINS FOR ‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
SEPARATOR

To determine the highest envisaged ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎر ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
volumetric load factor for vessel design the ‫ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ )ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻇﺮف‬
following design margins (surge factor) are
recommended: :‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

D.1 In Exploration and Production: ‫ اﻛﺘﺸﺎف و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬1-‫د‬

D.1.1 Offshore service ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي در درﻳﺎ‬1-1-‫د‬
Separator handling natural-flowing :‫ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ از‬-‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
production from:

Design Margin ‫ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬

a) Its own platform; 1.2 1/2 ‫اﻟﻒ( از ﺳﻜﻮي ﺧﻮد؛‬

b) Another platform or well jacket in 1/3 ‫ب ( ﺳﻜﻮي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭼﺎه در آب ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ؛‬
shallow water; 1.3

c) Another platform or well in deep 1/4 .‫ج ( ﺳﻜﻮي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺎه در آب ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
water. 1.4

Separator handling gas lifted production :‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﺮاز آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺎز از‬
from:

a) Its own platform; 1.4 1/4 ‫اﻟﻒ( از ﺳﻜﻮي ﺧﻮد؛‬

b) Another platform or well jacket. 1/5 .‫ب ( ﺳﻜﻮي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﭼﺎه‬
1.5

D.1.2 Onshore service ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺧﺸﻜﻲ‬2-1-‫د‬

Separator handling natural-flowing ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ورودي ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
production, or gas plant inlet separator in:
:‫واﺣﺪ ﮔﺎز در‬

a) Flat or low rolling country; 1/2 ‫اﻟﻒ( زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ؛‬

1.2

b) Hilly country. 1.3 1/3 .‫ب ( زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻮر‬

Separator handling gas lifted production in: :‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﺎز از‬

a) Flat or low rolling country; 1/4 ‫اﻟﻒ( زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬

1.4

b) Hilly country. 1.5 1/5 ‫ب ( زﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﻮر‬

D.2 In Manufacturing Oil, Gas and in ‫ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬2-‫د‬
Chemicals Manufacturing:
.‫ اﺳﺖ‬1/25 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/15 ‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً از‬
The design margin ranges typically from
1.15 to 1.25.

51
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDIX E ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬

TABLE E.1 - SEPARATOR TYPE SELECTION GUIDE

‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1- ‫ﺟﺪول ﻫ‬

Vertical 1 SEPARATOR TYPE

Separator Inline ‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
APPLICATION with Vane Demister Vane Cyclone Multi- Filter
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬ ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺮه در‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬ Cyclone Filter Separator
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻂ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﭘﺮه‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲدار‬
Gas Transmission: :‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﮔﺎز‬
Station Scrubber
× × × ×
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه‬
Fuel Gas
× × × ×
‫ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎزي‬
City Gates/Metering
× × × × ×
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬/ ‫دروازه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻬﺮي‬
Pressure Reduction
× × × × ×
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Compressor Station
× × × ×
‫اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Process: :‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
Glycol Dehydrators
× × × ×
‫ﻧﻢ زداﻫﺎي ﮔﻼﻳﻜﻮﻟﻲ‬
Amine Contactors
× × × ×
‫ﺑﺮجﻫﺎي آﻣﻴﻦ‬
Compressors
× × ×
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬
Gathering
× × ×
‫ﺟﻤﻊ آوري‬
Pressure Reduction
× × × × ×
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Wellhead
× ×
‫ﺳﺮ ﭼﺎﻫﻲ‬

52
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫‪TABLE E.2 - GAS SEPARATOR TYPES ALONG WITH TYPICAL SEPARATION PERFORMANCE‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ﻫ ـ‪ 2‬اﻧﻮاع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬

‫‪SLUG HANDLING‬‬
‫‪CAPACITY‬‬ ‫‪SOLID REMOVAL‬‬ ‫‪LIQUID REMOVAL‬‬
‫‪SEPARATOR TYPE‬‬
‫‪EFFICIENCY IF ANY‬‬ ‫‪EFFICIENCY‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬ ‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻟﺨﺘﻪ‬
‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﺟﺎﻣﺪ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬ ‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪Multicyclone scrubbers‬‬ ‫‪100% 8  & larger 99% 5 - 8 ‬‬ ‫‪100% 5  & larger‬‬
‫ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎزﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬
‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‪ 99 ،‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬
‫‪Vertical gas separator with vane‬‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪100% 8  & larger‬‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮه‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫‪In-line vane‬‬ ‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪100% 8  & larger‬‬
‫ﭘﺮه در ﺧﻂ‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Vertical separator with wire‬‬ ‫‪98% 8  & larger‬‬
‫‪mesh demister‬‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪98‬درﺻﺪ‪ 8‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﻮري‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫‪Filter separators with vane‬‬ ‫‪100% 3  & larger 99% 0.5 - 3 ‬‬ ‫‪100% 3  & larger‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ دار ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮه‬ ‫‪Yes‬‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‪ 99 ،‬درﺻﺪ ‪0/5‬‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬

‫‪Dry gas filters‬‬ ‫‪100% 10  & larger 99% 1 - 3 ‬‬

‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز ﺧﺸﻚ‬ ‫‪No‬‬ ‫‪ 100‬درﺻﺪ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‪ 99 ،‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬

‫)‪µ = microns (µm‬‬ ‫‪ = µ‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون )‪(µm‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫)‪APPENDIX E (continued‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ )اداﻣﻪ(‬
‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ‪%‬‬

‫اﻧﺪازه ذرات ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬

‫)ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ(‬

‫‪Fig. E.1-EFFICIENCY CURVE FOR MULTI-CYCLONE SEPARATOR SOLID PARTICLE‬‬

‫‪REMOVAL‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ ‪ -1-‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺣﺬف ذرات ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫‪54‬‬
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫)ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬

‫)ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ‪(2‬‬

‫ﮔﺎز ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ﺑﺮش ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬

‫ﮔﺎز ورودي‬
‫ﮔﺎز ورودي‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﺪات‬

‫‪Fig. E.2-SKETCH OF MULTI-CYCLONE SCRUBBER/SEPARATOR‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫ ‪-2-‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪/‬ﻋﺎري ﺳﺎز ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻧﻲ‬

‫‪55‬‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDIX F ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و‬
TYPICAL EQUATIONS, WHICH CAN ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬
BE USED FOR TERMINAL
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
VELOCITY CALCULATION

F.1 Terminal Velocity of a Spherical ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ذره رﻳﺰ ﻛﺮوي ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬1-‫و‬
Fine Particle Settling under the
‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ‬
Influence of Gravity
The terminal velocity of a spherical fine ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ ذره رﻳﺰ ﻛﺮوي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ‬
particle settling under the influence of .‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن اﺳﺘﻮك ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
gravity can be determined by Stockes’ law.

4 gD P  L  v
(Eq. F.1) Ut  (1-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ و‬
3C D v
l  v
(Eq. F.2) Ut  K (2-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ و‬
v

Where: :‫ﻛﻪ‬

Ut is terminal velocity, in (m/s); ‫ ؛‬m/s ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬ Ut

g is acceleration of gravity, in (m/s²); ‫ ؛‬m/s² ‫ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ‬ g

Dp is diameter of fine particle, in (m); ‫(؛‬m) ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ذرات رﻳﺰ‬ Dp

CD is drag coefficient; ‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ )درگ(؛‬ CD

 L (rho)is density of liquid, in (kg/m³); ‫ ؛ ﻳﺎ‬kg/m³ ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬  L (rho)

or

l l

 v (rho) is density of vapor, in (kg/m³); ‫ ؛‬kg/m³ ‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﺎر‬ v (rho)

K is entrainment coefficient, in (m/s). . m/s‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺮي ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬ K

Based on the theory and experimental ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﺌﻮري و ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
results, CD can be expressed approximately ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ‬.‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﻮد‬
as follows. It should be noted that CD is
given as a function of Reynolds number, ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬،Re ‫ ﻓﻘﻂ‬،‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ از ﻋﺪد رﻳﻨﻮﻟﺪز‬CD ‫ﭘﺲ راﻧﺶ‬
Re only, where the velocity is the relative .‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ذرات رﻳﺰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻃﺮاف آن اﺳﺖ‬
velocity of the fine particle to its
surrounding fluid.

56
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

TABLE F.1 - TYPICAL IDENTIFICATION OF WIRE MESH TYPES

‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﻧﻮاع ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬1-‫ﺟﺪول و‬

MANUFACTURE'S TYPE
Wire
Surface Void ‫ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Density Diameter
Area Fraction
(kg/m³) (mm) Naniwa APPLICATION
(m²/m³) __ Nihon
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ‬ Special ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬ York Divment Metex Mesh
(‫)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ Mesh

High efficiency, Relatively clean,

192 36 0.977 0.275 421 4210 Xtradense SL 3311 Moderate Velocity, use in 100 mm
pad
Standard
‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬،‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Standard efficiency, General
144 279 0.982 0.275 431 4310 Nu- N 3383 purpose, use in 100 mm pad
(Note 2) (Note 3) Standard ‫ ﺑــﺎ‬، ‫ ﻣﻘﺎﺻــﺪ ﻋﻤــﻮﻣﻲ‬،‫راﻧــﺪﻣﺎن اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(2 ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‬ (3 ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‬ ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬100 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬

__ __ Fine mist removal, use in 100 mm

128 459 0.984 0.15 326 3260 SN - 150 mm pad
150-100 ‫ ﺑـﺎ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ‬،‫ﺣﺬف ﻗﻄـﺮات رﻳـﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
High through-put or low density,
For service containing solids or
"dirty" material, use in 150 mm
80 151 0.990 0.275 931 9310 Hl- H 3346 pad
(Note 3) throughput ‫ ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ورودي ﺧﻮراك ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳـﺎ ﭼﮕـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻢ‬
(3 ‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺣﺎوي ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد "ﻛﺜﻴﻒ" ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬150 ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
Very high efficiency, 250 mm and
5 strand __ __ __ 300 mm recommended for special
applications such as fine mists ,
219 902 0.972 each T 4060 oil vapor mist
0.122 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧـﺎص‬،‫راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
،‫ ذرات ﺑﺨـﺎر ﻧﻔـﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺜﻞ ذرات ﺑـﺴﻴﺎر رﻳـﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬300 ‫ و‬250

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬

1) If the mesh is made of nickel, monel or ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫( اﮔﺮ ﺗﻮري از ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬1
copper, multiply the density values by
1.13, referenced stainless steel. ‫ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬.‫ ﺿﺮب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1/13 ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ را در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬

2) Normally, 144 kg/m³. kg/m³144 ‫( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬2

3) Some manufacturer fabricates with .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪ‬0/254 ‫( ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ‬3

0.254 mm wire.
F.2.3 "K" Value for wire mesh demisters, ‫" ﺑﺮاي ذره ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮري‬k" ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻘﺪار‬3-2-‫و‬
based on disengaging height (height
between bottom of mesh, and liquid ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ )ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﻮري و‬
surface) of 300 mm minimum should be ‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬2.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول و‬300 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
considered as following Table F.2:
:‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬

57
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

TABLE F.2 - "K" VALUE FOR WIRE MESH DEMISTERS

‫" ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬k" ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬2-‫ﺟﺪول و‬

SERVICE CONDITION "K" VALUE MESH TYPE

‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬ "k" ‫ﻣﻘﺪار‬ ‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﻮري‬

- Clean Fluids, Moderate Liquid 0.35 to 0.36 - Standard

Load, fits 90% of process Situations ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬-
‫ درﺻﺪ‬90 ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬- - High efficiency
0.35
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬ ‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
- Very high efficiency
0.25
‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
- High Viscosity, Dirty 0.40 - Low density or Herringbone, High Throughput
Suspended Solids ‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻨﺎﻗﻲ ورودي ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
‫ ﺟﺎﻣﺪات ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
- Vacuum Operations
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت در ﺧﻼء‬- 0.20 - Standard or
● 50 mm Hg (abs. ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻳﺎ‬-
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻴﻮه )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬50  0.27 - High efficiency
● 400 mm Hg (abs.) ‫ راﻧﺪﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻻ‬-
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻴﻮه )ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬400  0.21 - Plastic Coated Wire, or Plastic stran
● Corrosive Chemicals ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ رﺷﺘﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬-
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬

F.2.4 For variation of "K" Values with ‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬،‫" ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬k" ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬4-2-‫و‬
disengaging height see recommended .‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬3-‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه زﻳﺮ در ﺟﺪول و‬
values as hereunder in Table F.3:

TABLE F.3 - VARIATION OF "K" VALUES WITH DISENGAGING HEIGHT

‫" ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬k" ‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬3-‫ﺟﺪول و‬

DESENGAGING HEIGHT ALLOWABLE

ABOVE MESH, (mm) "K" VALUE
(‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﻮري )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬ "k"‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺠﺎز‬
75 0.12
100 0.15
125 0.19
150 0.22
175 0.25
200 0.29
225 0.32
250 0.35
275 0.38
300 0.40
325 0.42
350 0.43

F.2.5 It is required that disengaging heights
should be 460 mm, minimum in cases
where wire mesh is provided. This height
must be corrected for the vapor velocity in
each individual case.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ از ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮري‬5-2-‫و‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬460 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻫﺮﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎص اﺻﻼح ﺷﻮد‬

58
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Provision of baffles must be considered.
The reason for this is that the duty of vapor
liquid separation in the disengaging zone
can be reduced by directing the liquid flow
downwards. Also, consideration has been
given to avoid the unfavorable effects on
wire mesh pad due to the conning of feed
stream in cases where no baffle is
provided. The same thought has been
followed even in cases where no wire mesh
is provided.
F.3 Application of These Equations to
Vertical Liquid-Liquid Separators
‫ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ رو ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺗﻲ‬.‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از اﺛﺮات ﻧﺎﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻧﺸﺪن ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﻮراك در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻔﻜﺮ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ دﻧﺒﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد اﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬3-‫و‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

F.3.1 Using Allen’s and Stocks’ equations, ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت آﻟﻦ و اﺳﺘﻮك‬1-3-‫و‬
the terminal velocity of the heavier ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد اﻳﻦ‬.‫ذرات ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
particles can be calculated. Typical
‫ زﻳﺮ‬5-‫ و و‬4-‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي آب از ﻧﻔﺖ در ﺟﺪول و‬
application of these equations to the
separation of water from oil is given in the .‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
following Tables F.4 and F.5.

TABLE F.4 -DP = 400 - 500 microns

‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬500-400 = ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ذره‬- 4-‫ﺟﺪول و‬

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES MAXIMUM LIQUID VELOCITY

‫ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬ OIL FRACTION ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
Relative Density  (cP) ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬ m/s
(Sp. Gr.)
(cP) ‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﺟﺮم‬
(‫وﻳﮋه‬
0.70 0.5 Naphtha 0.3
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺎ‬
0.80 1.5 Kerosene 0.015
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
0.85 5.0 Gas-Oil 0.003
‫ﮔﺎزوﺋﻴﻞ‬
0.90 10.0 Vac. Gas-Oil 0.0015
‫ﮔﺎزوﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻼء‬

59
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

TABLE F.5 -DP = 1,000 microns (1 mm)

(‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون )ا ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1000 = ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ذره‬- 5-‫ﺟﺪول و‬

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
‫ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬ MAXIMUM LIQUID VELOCITY
OIL FRACTION ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
Relative Density  (cP) ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬ m/s
(Sp. Gr.)
(cP) ‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﺟﺮم‬
(‫وﻳﮋه‬
0.70 0.5 Naphtha 0.8
‫ﻧﻔﺘﺎ‬
0.80 1.5 Kerosene 0.04
‫ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
0.85 5.0 Gas-Oil 0.02
‫ﮔﺎزوﺋﻴﻞ‬
0.90 10.0 Vac. Gas-Oil 0.005
‫ﮔﺎزوﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﺮج ﺧﻼء‬

F.4 Horizontal Separators ‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ‬4-‫و‬

The following equation is based on Stocks’ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﻮك ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺮوح آن در‬
equation described in Appendix F:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و( آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
(Eq. F.9) Ut = g. Dp² (  h -  L) / 18µ (9-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ و‬
Where: :‫ﻛﻪ‬
g is acceleration of gravity, in ‫(؛‬9/8 m/s²) ‫= ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ‬ g
(9.8 m/s²);
Dp is diameter of the heavier ‫(؛‬m) ‫= ﻗﻄﺮ ذره ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬ Dp
particle, in (m);
 h (rho) is density of the heavier
fraction, in (kg/m³); (kg/m³) ‫ = ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬ h (rho)

 L (rho) is density of the lighter (kg/m³) ‫ = ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﺒﻚﺗﺮ‬ L (rho)

fraction, in (kg/m³);
µ (mu) is viscosity of the lighter (kg/m.s) ‫ = ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﺒﻜﺘﺮ‬µ (mu)
fraction, in (kg/m.s).
Substituting 9.8 m/s² for g and 100 microns 100 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ و‬9/8 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺬاري‬
for DP, converting the densities to relative
densities (specific gravities), and
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ ذره و ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ )ﺟﺮم‬
expressing the viscosity in centipoise: :‫وﻳﮋه( و ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﭘﻮاز ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﻢ داﺷﺖ‬
g.D P2 (  h   l )
(Eq. F.10) Ut  (10-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ و‬
18
S  Sl
(Eq. F.11)  5.45  10 3 h (m/s) (11-‫)ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ و‬


60
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

Ux is assumed to be equal to terminal velocity

Ut, i.e., Ux = Ut .
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Ut ‫ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬Ux ‫ﻓﺮض ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻮراك‬
Ux = Ut ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻚﺗﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬

Uh or Ul, whichever is the larger, is made equal to the

terminal velocity Ut .
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬Ut ‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺪ‬Ul ‫ ﻳﺎ‬Uh
‫ﺳﺒﻚﺗﺮ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬

‫ﺧﻮراك‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬

Fig. F.1-VERTICAL LIQUID-LIQUID SEPARATOR

‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬-1-‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‬

61
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ‬

3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬

2‫ و‬1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬ ‫اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

(‫ﺑﻮت)درﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬
Boot (If required)
4 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬

Fig. F.2-HORIZONTAL SEPARATOR

‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ‬-2-‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‬

Notes: :‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
1) 20% of drum diameter of 300 mm (12 ‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام‬،(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬12) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬300 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ‬20 (1
inches), whichever is the greater.
.‫ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

2) Minimum 150 mm (6 inches). .(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬6) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬2

3) Minimum. .‫( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬3

4) (4

a) Boots shall be sized for a
minimum residence time of five
minutes as a guideline and their
diameters shall be the same as
the commercial pipe sizes as far
as possible. The height-diameter
ratio shall be 2:1-5:1.
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬5 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻮت ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ زﻣﺎن اﻗﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻗﻄﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫در ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺎوي اﻧﺪازه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
1 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬2 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

b) Boot diameters shall be 250 mm ‫ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬ ‫ب( ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻮت‬
 minimum, because of good .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬250
operability.

c) Maximum boot diameters shall be 1

.‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ج ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻮت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
1/3 of the drum inside diameter. 3
(to be continued) (‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬

62
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮراك‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻋﺎدي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻚﺗﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦﺗﺮ‬

‫‪Fig. F.3-HORIZONTAL LIQUID-LIQUID SEPARATOR‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ و‪ -3-‬ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ – ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫درﭘﻮش اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻗﻄﺮه‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫اوﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺎز اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬

‫‪Fig. 4-Two Phase Double Barrel Separator‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ - 4‬ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه دو ﻓﺎزي دو ﺑﺸﻜﻪ اي‬

‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫درﭘﻮش اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬

‫ورودي‬ ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺎز اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬

‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫‪Fig. 5-Two Phase Separator‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ - 5‬ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه دو ﻓﺎزي‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-E-PR-850(1‬‬

‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻗﻄﺮه‬

‫درﭘﻮش اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬

‫ورودي‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺎز اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪Fig. 6-Vertical Two Phase Separator‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ - 6‬ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز دو ﻓﺎزي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫درﭘﻮش اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻗﻄﺮه‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬

‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ‬

‫ورودي‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺎز اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫‪Fig. 7-Horizontal Two Phase Separator‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ - 7‬ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه دو ﻓﺎزي اﻓﻘﻲ‬

‫‪65‬‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

APPENDIX G ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز‬
ACCEPTABLE GRADES AND ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و درﺟﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻣﻮاد‬
SPECIFICATION FOR A NUMBER
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ‬
OF STANDARD INTERNAL
MATERIALS

Acceptable grades and specification for a ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و درﺟﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻣﻮاد اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
number of standard internal materials are :‫اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ در زﻳﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
listed below:

TABLE G.1 - TYPICAL MATERIALS

‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬1-‫ﺟﺪول ز‬

MATERIALS ASTM STANDARDS

‫ﻣﻮاد‬ ASTM ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
PLATE SHEET STRIP BARS BOLTS & NUTS
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬ ‫ورق‬ ‫ﻧﻮار‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه‬
Carbon Steel A283, A285, A414, A569 A570 A675 A307, GrB
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ A36
Low and Intermediate Alloy Steels A204 As specified for
C-1/2 Mo High Alloy Steels
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ و آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﭘﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژي‬
1-1/4 Cr-1/2 Mo through 5 Cr-1/2 Mo A387
‫اﺟﺰاء ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬
High Alloy Steels
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﭘﺮ آﻟﻴﺎژي‬
12 Cr: welded components A176 and A240, Types 405 and 410S A276 Type 405 A193 B6, and
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬: 12 Cr A194 Gr6F
(with Selenium),
12 Cr: non-welded components A176 and A240, Types 405 and 410S A276 Type 405
or Gr8
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﻏﻴﺮﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬: 12 Cr or 410
18 Cr 8 Ni: Types 304, 316, 321, 347 A167 and A240 A276 A193 B8 and
A194 Gr8
Non-Ferrous
‫ﻏﻴﺮآﻫﻨﻲ‬
Nickel copper (Monel) B127 B164 B164
(‫ﻣﺲ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ )ﻣﻮﻧﻞ‬
Titanium B265 Gr2 B348 Gr2 B348 Gr4
‫ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮم‬

* Vendor’s proposals to use materials or ‫* ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﺎ‬
thickness alternative to those specified ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
shall be submitted to purchaser for
approval by the Company. .‫ﺷﻮد‬

** When materials are not specified, ‫** زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Vendor’s proposals shall be submitted .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
to purchaser for approval by the
Company.

66
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

TABLE G.2 - METAL THICKNESS OF INTERNALS, mm (inch)(6, 7, 8)

(‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ )اﻳﻨﭻ‬2-‫ﺟﺪول ز‬

VESSEL CORROSION VESSEL SHELL CORROSION ALLOWANCE, mm

MATERIALS DESIGN OR
(1)
CATEGORY METAL LINING OR CLADDING THICKNESS, mm
(1)
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻇﺮف‬ ‫ﮔﺮوه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬، ‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻳﺎ رو ﻛﺶ‬
Shell Internals 0.25 0.8 1.6 3.0 4.5 6.0
(interior
surface)
CS CS 10 yr 2.0 3.5 4.5 5.5
Non-Supporting 15 yr __ __ 2.8 4.5 5.5 5.5
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
Members, such as: 5 yr 2.0 4.5 2.0 Alloy
Trays, Decks, CS Alloy All __ __ 2.0
Integral Minor ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
Beams, Liquid
Redistributor 10 yr 2.8 3.5 4.5
:‫اﺟﺰا ﺑﺪون ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺜﻞ‬ 15 yr 2.8 4.5 5.5
5 yr 2.0 4.5 Notes (2), (4)
،‫ ﺳﻄﻮح‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬
Alloy Alloy(5) 2.0 2.0 (2) ‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎي‬
،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ (4)‫و‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬

CS CS 10 yr 1.6 2.8 3.5 5.5

Tray Accessories 15 yr __ __ 1.6 3.5 4.5 5.5
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
such as: 5 yr 1.6 3.5 4.5 5.5
Bubble caps, CS Alloy All __ __ 1.6
Chimneys, ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
Weirs,
Baffles 10 yr 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.8 4.5 5.5
:‫ﻟﻮازم ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ 15 yr 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.8 4.5 5.5
5 yr 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.8 4.5 5.5
،‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚﻫﺎي ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ‬ Alloy Alloy(5)
،‫ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰﻫﺎ‬،‫دودﻛﺶ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
CS CS __ __ Schd STD Schd XS
Internal Piping ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
(non-pressure) All
CS Alloy __ __ Schd 10
(‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ داﺧﻞ )ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
Alloy Alloy(5) Schd 10 ® Schd STD Schd XS
Supporting Members CS CS --- --- 3.0 6.0 9.0 12.0
such as: ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ All
:‫اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﺜﻞ‬ CS Alloy ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬ --- --- 1.6
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬
All Major Beams and
Non-Integral Minor
Beams; Inlet Alloy Alloy(5) None 1.6 3.0 6.0 9.0 12.0
Distributors; Outlet ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ‬
Collector
Rings, any Load Bearing
components welded to the
shell.
-‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﻤﻊ آوري‬،‫ورودي‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎرﺑﺮ ﺟﻮش‬،‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬

67
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
Notes:
1) Abbreviations used in the above table
are:
CS designates carbon, low alloy and
intermediate alloy steels;
Alloy designates stainless steels (300
and 400 series), Nickel alloys, Copper
alloys; Aluminum alloys.
TCA total corrosion allowances.
2) Trays, Decks, etc. shall be at least 2.0
mm thick.
3) Tray Accessories shall be at least 1.6
mm thick.
4)* Material and Metal thickness to be
specified.
5) Internals shall be of the same material as
the interior surface of the vessel shell.
6) Metric conversion of metal thickness of
internals (ex. Internal Piping) and
Corrosion Allowance values in Table
G.3 shall be as follows.
7) Vessel shell corrosion allowance for 5,
10 and 15 yr, design categories are
based on the maximum values for a
given range of corrosion rates.
8) Thickness specified for each vessel shell
corrosion allowance are designed so that
successively lower corrosion rates are
used for each (5, 10, 15 yr) corrosion
design category.
68
IPS-E-PR-850(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
:‫( اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺟﺪول ﺑﺎﻻ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬1
‫ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻛﻢ و آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ را ﺑﻴﺎن‬، ‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﺎده ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬CS
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي‬،(400 ‫ و‬300 ‫آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن )ﺳﺮي‬
‫ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم دار را‬،‫ آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي ﻣﺲ دار‬،‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ دار‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
.‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﻞ‬ TCA
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2 ‫ ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫( ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ‬2
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/6 ‫( ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬3
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫( * ﺟﻨﺲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬4
‫( اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف‬5
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠـﻲ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6
3-‫داﺧﻠﻲ( و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺟﺪول ز‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع‬،‫ ﺳﺎل‬15 ‫ و‬10 ،5 ‫( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي‬7
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان داﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف‬8
‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺪت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﺳﺎل( ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬15 ‫ و‬10 ،5) ‫ﻧﻮع ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬ IPS-E-PR-850(1)

TABLE G.3 - MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE CORROSION ALLOWANCES (TCA) FOR

STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, (mm)
(‫( ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎري )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬TCA) ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﻞ‬3-‫ﺟﺪول ز‬

CORROSION ALLOWANCE METAL THICKNESS

‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬ ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
0.25 (0.010) 1.5 (1/16) 0.25 (0.010) 2.8 (0.105) 1.6 (1/16)
0.8 (0.030) 3.0 (1/8) 0.8 (0.030) 3.5 (0.134) 3.0 (1/8)
1.5 (0.060) 4.5 (3/16) 1.6 (0.060) 4.5 (0.179) 4.5 (3/16)
6.0 (1/4) 2.0 (0.075) 5.5 (0.224) 6.0 (1/4)
9.0 (3/8)
12.0 (1/2)

69